Annual Statements Open main menu

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES INC - Annual Report: 2021 (Form 10-K)


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _____ to _____                    
Commission file number: 001-34292
ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Pennsylvania
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
23-2530374
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
77 East King Street, P. O. Box 250, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
17257
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (717) 532-6114
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each ClassTrading symbol(s)Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, no par valueORRFNASDAQ Stock Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ¨  Accelerated filer x
Non-accelerated filer 
¨  
  Smaller reporting company 
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.).    Yes      No  x
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $248.9 million. For purposes of this calculation, the term “affiliate” refers to all directors and executive officers of the registrant, and all persons beneficially owning more than 5% of the registrant’s common stock.
Number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock as of March 7, 2022: 11,140,919.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.


Table of Contents
ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
FORM 10-K
INDEX
 
  Page

1

Table of Contents
Glossary of Defined Terms
The following terms may be used throughout this Report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes.
TermDefinition
ALLAllowance for loan losses
AFSAvailable for sale
AOCIAccumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
ASCAccounting Standards Codification
ASUAccounting Standards Update
BankOrrstown Bank, the commercial banking subsidiary of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.
BHC ActBank Holding Company Act of 1965
CDICore deposit intangible
CET1Common Equity Tier 1
CFPBConsumer Financial Protection Bureau
CMOCollateralized mortgage obligation
CRACommunity Reinvestment Act
Dodd-Frank ActDodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
ERMEnterprise risk management
Exchange ActSecurities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board
FDIAFederal Deposit Insurance Act
FDICFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHCFinancial holding company
FHLBFederal Home Loan Bank
FRBBoard of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
GAAPAccounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
GDPGross Domestic Product
GLB ActGramm-Leach-Bliley Act
GSEUnited States government-sponsored enterprise
HamiltonHamilton Bancorp, Inc., and its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Hamilton Bank (acquired May 1, 2019)
IRCInternal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
LHFSLoans held for sale
LIBORLondon Interbank Offered Rate
MBSMortgage-backed securities
MercersburgMercersburg Financial Corporation and its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, First Community Bank of Mercersburg (acquired October 1, 2018)
MPF ProgramMortgage Partnership Finance Program
MSRMortgage servicing right
NIMNet interest margin
OCIOther comprehensive income
OFA
Orrstown Financial Advisors, a division of the Bank that provides investment and brokerage services
OREOOther real estate owned (foreclosed real estate)
OTTIOther-than-temporary impairment
Parent CompanyOrrstown Financial Services, Inc., the parent company of Orrstown Bank
2011 Plan2011 Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan
PCI loansPurchased credit impaired loans
Repurchase AgreementsSecurities sold under agreements to repurchase
SBA PPPU.S. Small Business Administration Paycheck Protection Program
SECSecurities and Exchange Commission
Securities ActSecurities Act of 1933, as amended
SOFRSecured Overnight Financing Rate
TDRTroubled debt restructuring
U.S.
United States of America
WheatlandWheatland Advisors, Inc., the former Registered Investment Advisor subsidiary of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.
Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Orrstown,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “Company” refer to Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

2

Table of Contents
PART I

Caution About Forward-Looking Statements:

Certain statements appearing herein, which are not historical in nature, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, we may make other written and oral communications, from time to time, that contain such statements. Such forward-looking statements reflect the current views of the Company's management with respect to, among other things, future events and the Company's financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “will likely result,” “expect,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “goal,” “target,” “would” and “outlook,” or the negative variations of those words or other comparable words of a future or forward-looking nature. Forward-looking statements are statements that include projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or beliefs about events or results or otherwise are not statements of historical facts, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond the Company's control, and include, but are not limited to, statements related to new business development, new loan opportunities, growth in the balance sheet and fee-based revenue lines of business, merger and acquisition activity, reducing risk assets, and mitigating losses in the future. Accordingly, the Company cautions you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements and there can be no assurances that the Company will achieve the desired level of new business development and new loans, growth in the balance sheet and fee-based revenue lines of business, successful merger and acquisition activity, and continued reductions in risk assets or mitigate losses in the future. In addition to risks and uncertainties related to the COVID-19 pandemic (including those related to variants and sub-variants, such as the stealth omicron, omicron and delta variants) and resulting governmental and societal responses, factors which could cause the actual results to differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following: ineffectiveness of the Company's strategic growth plan due to changes in current or future market conditions; the effects of competition and how it may impact our community banking model, including industry consolidation and development of competing financial products and services; the integration of the Company's strategic acquisitions; the inability to fully achieve expected savings, efficiencies or synergies from mergers and acquisitions, or taking longer than estimated for such savings, efficiencies and synergies to be realized; changes in laws and regulations; interest rate movements; changes in credit quality; inability to raise capital, if necessary, under favorable conditions; volatility in the securities markets; the demand for our products and services; deteriorating economic conditions; operational risks including, but not limited to, cybersecurity incidents, fraud, natural disasters and future pandemics; expenses associated with pending litigation and legal proceedings; the failure of the SBA to honor its guarantee of loans issued under the SBA PPP; the timing of the repayment of SBA PPP loans and the impact it has on fee recognition; our ability to convert new relationships gained through the SBA PPP efforts to full banking relationships; and other risks and uncertainties. The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive.
For a description of factors that we believe could cause actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements, you should review our Risk Factors discussion in Item 1A, our Critical Accounting Policies section included in Item 7, and Note 23, Contingencies, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We encourage readers of this report to understand forward-looking statements to be strategic objectives rather than absolute targets of future performance. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if the Company's underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what the Company anticipates. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and the Company does not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is not possible for the Company to predict those events or how they may affect it. In addition, the Company cannot assess the impact of each factor on its business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that the Company or persons acting on the Company's behalf may issue.
3

Table of Contents
ITEM 1 – BUSINESS
Orrstown Financial Services, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, is the financial holding company for its wholly-owned subsidiary Orrstown Bank. The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 77 East King Street, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania, with additional executive and administrative offices at 4750 Lindle Road, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. The Parent Company was organized on November 17, 1987, for the purpose of acquiring the Bank and such other banks and bank-related activities as are permitted by law. The Company provides banking and financial advisory services located in south central Pennsylvania, principally in Berks, Cumberland, Dauphin, Franklin, Lancaster, Perry and York Counties, Pennsylvania, and in Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Howard and Washington Counties, Maryland, as well as Baltimore City, Maryland.
Business
The Bank was organized in 1919 as a state-chartered bank. On March 8, 1988, in a bank holding company reorganization transaction, the Parent Company acquired 100% ownership of the Bank.
The Parent Company’s primary activity consists of owning and supervising its subsidiary, the Bank. Day-to-day management is conducted by its officers, who are also Bank officers. The Parent Company has historically derived most of its income through dividends from the Bank. At December 31, 2021, the Company had total assets of $2.8 billion, total deposits of $2.5 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $271.7 million.
The Company operates in the community banking segment and engages in lending activities, including commercial, residential, commercial mortgages, construction, municipal, and various forms of consumer lending and deposit services, including checking, savings, time and money market deposits. The Company also provides fiduciary, investment advisory, insurance and brokerage services. These activities engaged in by the Bank are authorized by the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965. The Company and the Bank are subject to regulation by certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations by such regulatory authorities. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are included in Note 4, Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data." The Bank maintains a diversified loan portfolio and evaluates each client’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon the extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the client pursuant to collateral standards established in the Bank’s credit policies and procedures.
Human Capital
At December 31, 2021, the Bank had 412 full-time and 17 part-time employees compared to 400 full-time and 18 part-time employees at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, approximately 67% of our workforce was female and 33% were male. Our average tenure is over five years. The Parent Company has no employees. Its 14 officers are employees of the Bank, who represent a mix of newer and more seasoned employees with diverse experience and have an average tenure of nine years.
We encourage and support the growth and development of our employees. Continuous learning and career development is advanced through ongoing performance and development conversations with employees, internally created training programs, including development and advancement training offered through Orrstown University, customized corporate training engagements and educational reimbursement and certification programs. Training opportunities are available both online and in-person, and all employees have online access to courses for professional development provided by a third-party.
Employee evaluations are conducted on at least an annual basis. Those evaluations focus on job performance, achievement of goals and employee and career development. In addition, the Company monitors employee satisfaction and engagement through periodic employee surveys.
The safety, health and wellness of our employees is a top priority. The COVID-19 pandemic presented a unique challenge with regard to maintaining employee safety while continuing successful operations. Through teamwork and the adaptability of our management and staff, our remote work options have evolved as expectations surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic shifted. During 2021, many of our employees effectively worked a hybrid schedule from the Company office and remote locations to ensure a safely-distanced working environment for our employees and clients.
The Company believes that it is critically important that its employee base reflects the communities that we serve. The Company's Diversity & Inclusion Council took concrete steps in 2021 to diversify the job applicant pool. In addition to the Company's website, social media platforms and through talent recruiting efforts by third-party recruiters, job openings were posted directly at Historically Black Colleges and Universities within the Company's market area. The Company's President and Chief Executive Officer also signed the CEO ACTION for Diversity & Inclusion Pledge, which makes commitments to continue making our workplaces trusting places, implementing and expanding unconscious bias education, sharing best practices and creating and sharing strategic inclusion and diversity plans with our Board of Directors.
4

Table of Contents
The Company offers competitive compensation to attract and further strengthen employee engagement and encourage retention. Compensation packages include market-competitive salary, healthcare and retirement benefits, paid time off, and may also include bonuses or sales commissions and short-term and long-term equity incentives.
We deploy numerous methods to foster engagement, including regular company-wide calls, weekly communication through our Orrstown Connections publications, employee recognitions and service anniversaries, community service and leadership programs, an annual event for all employees and off-site events with family and friends.
COVID-19 Pandemic Update
The Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations have been and may continue to be affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. The pandemic has adversely affected U.S. and global economies and created volatility in the financial markets. Although the economy started to recover in 2021, supply chain challenges and workforce shortages have contributed to rising inflationary pressures. The extent to which the pandemic continues to impact our business is dependent on future developments, including the severity and duration of emerging COVID-19 variants, the availability, effectiveness and distribution of vaccines and other public health measures, and the impact of the pandemic on our employees, clients, vendors, counterparties and service providers, all of which are highly uncertain and difficult to predict.
The Company continues to prioritize the health and safety of our employees and clients. Throughout 2021, numerous actions were implemented, while still ensuring the needs of our clients were met, including modifications to branch and business center accessibility and a hybrid working model to provide flexibility to employees capable of performing their duties remotely. Throughout the pandemic, the Company has proactively supported its clients through educational opportunities and assistance programs, implementing temporary changes to its fee program, the origination of loans through the SBA PPP Program and continuing to work with its clients through the SBA PPP loan forgiveness process.
Lending
Federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. Under these regulations, all insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, must adopt and maintain written policies establishing appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures and documentation, and approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the federal bank regulatory agencies’ Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies.
All secured loans are supported with appraisals or evaluations of collateral. Business equipment and machinery, inventories, accounts receivable, and farm equipment are considered appropriate security, provided borrowers meet acceptable standards for liquidity and marketability. Loans secured by real estate generally do not exceed 85% of the appraised value of the property. Loan to collateral values are monitored as part of the loan review process, and appraisals are updated as deemed appropriate under the circumstances.
Commercial Lending
The Bank makes commercial real estate, equipment, construction, working capital and other commercial purpose loans to commercial clients throughout the Bank’s various markets. The Bank has significant market share in south central Pennsylvania and has been expanding its presence geographically in recent years. Currently, growth markets include the Harrisburg region, Lancaster County and Maryland markets. The Bank's commercial lending is focused in these geographic regions or with borrowers headquartered in these geographic regions.
The Bank’s credit policy dictates the underwriting requirements for the various types of commercial loans the Bank makes available to borrowers. The policy covers such requirements as debt coverage ratios, advance rates against different forms of collateral, loan-to-value ratios and maximum term.
A majority of the Company’s loan assets are loans for business purposes. At December 31, 2021, approximately 80% of the loan portfolio was comprised of commercial loans.
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was enacted. The CARES Act established the SBA PPP. The SBA PPP is intended to provide economic relief to small businesses nationwide adversely impacted under the COVID-19 Emergency Declaration issued on March 13, 2020. The SBA PPP, which began on April 3, 2020 and ended on May 31, 2021, provided small businesses with funds to cover up to 24 weeks of payroll costs and other expenses, including benefits. It also provides for forgiveness of up to the full principal amount of qualifying loans. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Bank closed and funded almost 3,200 loans for a total gross loan amount of $467.7 million.
5

Table of Contents
These loans resulted in net processing fees of $13.5 million to be recognized through net interest income over the life of the loans, which was between two and five years. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Bank closed and funded almost 3,300 PPP loans for a total loan amount of $231.7 million. The loans originated in 2021 resulted in net processing fees of $12.3 million. In total, the Bank closed and funded almost 6,500 PPP loans for a total gross loan amount of $699.4 million. At December 31, 2021, the Bank has $5.5 million of net deferred SBA PPP fees remaining to be recognized through net interest income over the remaining life of the loans. The timing of the recognition of these fees is dependent upon the loan forgiveness process established by the SBA. As these loans are 100% guaranteed by the SBA, there is no associated allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2021.
Consumer Lending
The Bank provides home equity loans, home equity lines of credit and other consumer loans, primarily through its branch network and client call center. A large majority of the consumer loans are secured by either a first or second lien position on the borrower’s primary residential real estate. The Bank requires a loan-to-value ratio of no greater than 85% of the value of the real estate being taken as collateral with a minimum credit score of 710. The Bank also, at times, purchases consumer loans to help diversify credit risk in our loan portfolio.
Residential Lending
The Bank provides residential mortgages throughout its various markets referred from retail branches and through a network of mortgage loan officers. A majority of the residential mortgages originated are sold to secondary market investors, primarily Wells Fargo and Fannie Mae. All mortgages, regardless of being sold or held in the Bank’s portfolio, are generally underwritten to secondary market industry standards for prime mortgages. The Bank generally requires a loan-to-value ratio of no greater than 80% of the value of the real estate being taken as collateral, without the borrower obtaining private mortgage insurance.
Loan Review
The Company has a loan review policy and program, which is designed to identify and monitor risk in the lending function. The Management ERM Committee, comprised of executive and senior officers and loan department personnel, is charged with the oversight of overall credit quality and risk exposure of the Company's loan portfolio. This includes the monitoring of the lending activities of all Company personnel with respect to underwriting and processing new loans and the timely follow-up and corrective action for loans showing signs of deterioration in quality. A loan review program provides the Company with an independent review of the commercial loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. Generally, consumer and residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as extended delinquencies, bankruptcy, repossession or death of the borrower occurs, which heightens awareness as to a possible credit event.
Internal loan reviews are completed annually on all commercial relationships with a committed loan balance in excess of $1.0 million, which includes confirmation of risk rating by an independent credit officer. In addition, all commercial relationships greater than $500 thousand rated substandard, doubtful or loss are reviewed quarterly and corresponding risk ratings are changed or reaffirmed by the Company's Problem Loan Committee, with subsequent reporting to the Management ERM Committee and the Board of Directors.
The Bank outsources its independent loan review to a third-party provider, which monitors and evaluates loan clients on a quarterly basis utilizing risk-rating criteria established in the credit policy in order to identify deteriorating trends and detect conditions which might indicate potential problem loans. The results of the third-party loan review are reported quarterly to the Management and Board ERM Committees for review. The loan ratings provide the basis for evaluating the adequacy of the ALL.
Deposit Products
The Bank offers deposit products to retail, commercial, non-profit and government clients through its retail branch network. Product offerings for retail clients include checking accounts, money market, savings and certificates of deposit. The Bank offers a strong suite of treasury management solutions for businesses that help them to forecast and manage their cash and receivables. The Bank is committed to advancing digital capabilities for all clients, to ensure scalability and optimization of financial performance within the organizations. A robust treasury management online banking platform allows clients to send and collect money electronically using ACH and wire transfer origination services, deposit checks via mobile or desktop capture, and mitigate fraud through check and ACH positive pay services. Wire transfers may be sent and also received domestically as well as internationally in most currencies. Online bill-pay services allow check and electronic payments, with same day, next day and future dated payments. Additionally, business clients can automatically move money between Bank accounts using various automated sweep services. Using strategic partnerships, the Bank is able to offer best-in-class lockbox services, armored cash logistic solutions, credit cards, purchasing cards, and merchant card processing services.
6

Table of Contents
Digital capability for consumers includes person-to-person (P2P) payment, bill pay, and mobile deposit capture and domestic money transfer services. Traditional domestic and international wire transfer services are also offered via branch. In addition to opening accounts and communicating with employees via traditional branch or call-center engagement, digital online account opening, online loan and credit card application processing, online mortgage pre-qualification and mortgage application processing, automated telephone services, and online chat features provide consumers with convenient digital alternatives to more traditional products and services.
The Bank competes for deposits similarly on the basis of a combination of value and service and by providing convenience through a banking network of branches, ATMs, card services, and digital service channels.
Investment Services
Through its trust department, the Bank renders services as trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, managing agent, custodian, investment advisor, and other fiduciary activities authorized by law under the trade name Orrstown Financial Advisors ("OFA"). OFA offers retail brokerage services through a third-party broker/dealer arrangement with Cetera Advisor Networks LLC. At December 31, 2021, assets under management by OFA totaled $1.9 billion.
Competition
The Bank’s principal market area consists of south central Pennsylvania, the greater Baltimore region, and Washington County, Maryland. The Bank serves a substantial number of depositors in this market area and its contiguous counties.
The Bank competes with other banks and less heavily regulated financial services companies, such as credit unions and finance and trust companies, as well as mortgage banking companies, mutual funds, investment advisors, and brokerage firms, both within and outside of its primary market areas. Financial technology companies, or FinTechs, are also providing nontraditional, but increasingly strong, competition for the Bank's borrowers, depositors, and other clients.
The Bank competes for loans primarily on the basis of a combination of value and service by building client relationships as a result of addressing its clients’ banking needs, demonstrating expertise, and providing convenience to its clients.
The Bank competes for deposits similarly on the basis of a combination of value and service and by providing convenience through a banking network of branches and ATMs within its markets and digital service channels such as mobile banking.
The Company implements strategic initiatives focused on expanding its core businesses and exploring, on an ongoing basis, acquisition, divestiture, and joint venture opportunities to the extent permitted by its regulators and in alignment with its strategic goals. The Company analyzes each of the Bank's products and businesses in the context of shareholder return, client demands, competitive advantages, industry dynamics, and growth potential. The Company's management believes its market area will support growth in assets and deposits in the future, which it expects to contribute to the Company's ability to maintain or grow profitability.
Regulation and Supervision
The Parent Company is a bank holding company registered with the FRB and has elected status as a financial holding company ("FHC"). The Bank is a Pennsylvania-chartered commercial bank and a member of the FRB.
Regulatory Environment
The banking industry is highly regulated. Orrstown is subject to supervision, regulation, and examination by its federal regulators, including the FRB, SEC, CFPB, FDIC, and various state regulatory agencies. The statutory and regulatory framework that governs us is generally intended to protect depositors and clients, the FDIC's Deposit Insurance Fund, the U.S. banking and financial system, and financial markets as a whole by ensuring the safety and soundness of bank holding companies ("BHCs") and banks. Bank regulators regularly examine the operations of BHCs and banks. Regulators have broad supervisory and enforcement authority over BHCs and banks, including the power to impose nonpublic supervisory agreements, issue cease and desist orders, impose fines and other civil and criminal penalties, terminate deposit insurance, and appoint a conservator or receiver.
Engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or failing to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and supervisory agreements could subject the Company and its respective officers, directors, and institution-affiliated parties to the remedies described above, and other sanctions. In addition, the FDIC may terminate a bank’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the bank’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the bank has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated an applicable rule, regulation, order, or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulatory agency.
7

Table of Contents
Banking statutes, regulations, and policies are continually under review by Congress, state legislatures, and federal and state regulatory agencies. In addition to laws and regulations, state and federal bank regulatory agencies may issue policy statements, interpretive letters, and similar written guidance applicable to Orrstown. Any change in statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to us, including changes in their interpretation or implementation, could have a material effect on our business or organization.
In May 2018, the Economic Growth Act was signed into law. Among other regulatory changes, the Economic Growth Act amended various sections of the Dodd-Frank Act, including section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which was revised to raise the asset thresholds for determining the application of enhanced prudential standards for BHCs. Under the Economic Growth Act, BHCs with consolidated assets below $100.0 billion were immediately exempted from all of the enhanced prudential standards, except risk committee requirements, which now apply to publicly-traded BHCs with $50.0 billion or more of consolidated assets.
The Parent Company is also subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, both as administered by the SEC, as well as the rules of Nasdaq that apply to companies with securities listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market.
Several of the more significant regulatory provisions applicable to BHCs and banks to which the Company is subject are discussed below, along with certain regulatory matters concerning the Parent Company and the Bank. To the extent that the following information describes statutory or regulatory provisions, such information is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutes or regulations. Any change in applicable law or regulation may have a material effect on the business and prospects of the Parent Company and the Bank.
Financial and Bank Holding Company Activities
As a FHC, the Parent Company is permitted to engage, directly or through subsidiaries, in a wide variety of activities that are financial in nature or are incidental or complementary to a financial activity, in addition to all of the activities otherwise allowed.
As a FHC, the Parent Company is generally subject to the same regulation as other BHCs, including the reporting, examination, supervision and consolidated capital requirements of the FRB. To preserve its FHC status, the Parent Company must remain well-capitalized and well-managed and ensure that the Bank remains well-capitalized and well-managed for regulatory purposes and earns “satisfactory” or better ratings on its periodic Community Reinvestment Act examinations. An FHC ceasing to meet these standards is subject to a variety of restrictions, depending on the circumstances.
If the Parent Company or the Bank are either not well-capitalized or not well-managed, the Parent Company or the Bank must promptly notify the FRB. Until compliance is restored, the FRB has broad discretion to impose appropriate limitations on a FHC’s activities. If compliance is not restored within 180 days, the FRB may ultimately require the FHC to divest its depository institutions or in the alternative, to discontinue or divest any activities that are permitted only to non-FHC bank holding companies.
If the FRB determines that a FHC or its subsidiaries do not satisfy the CRA requirements, the potential restrictions are different. In that case, until all of the subsidiary institutions are restored to at least “satisfactory” CRA rating status, the FHC may not engage, directly or through a subsidiary, in any of the additional activities permissible under the BHC Act nor make additional acquisitions of companies engaged in such additional activities. However, completed acquisitions and additional activities and affiliations previously begun are left undisturbed, as the BHC Act does not require divestiture for this type of situation.
Federal Deposit Insurance
The FDIC's Deposit Insurance Fund provides insurance coverage for certain deposits, up to a standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250 thousand per depositor and is funded through assessments on insured depository institutions, based on the risk each institution poses to the Deposit Insurance Fund. The Bank accepts client deposits that are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund and, therefore, must pay insurance premiums. The FDIC may increase the Bank’s insurance premiums based on various factors, including the FDIC’s assessment of its risk profile.
If the FDIC is appointed conservator or receiver of a bank upon that bank’s insolvency or the occurrence of other events, the FDIC may sell some, part, or all of a bank’s assets and liabilities to another bank or repudiate or disaffirm most types of contracts to which that bank was a party if the FDIC believes such contracts are burdensome. In resolving the estate of a failed bank, the FDIC as receiver will first satisfy its own administrative expenses, and the claims of holders of U.S. deposit liabilities also have priority over those of other general unsecured creditors.
8

Table of Contents
Liability for Banking Subsidiaries
The Parent Company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank and, under appropriate conditions, to commit resources to support the Bank. This support may be required by the FRB at times when the Bank might otherwise determine not to provide it or when doing so is not otherwise in the interests of the Parent Company or its shareholders or creditors. The FRB may require a BHC to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the BHC with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices if the BHC fails to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank or if it undertakes actions that the FRB believes might jeopardize the BHC’s ability to commit resources to such subsidiary bank.
Under these requirements, the Parent Company may in the future be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress. Capital loans by the Parent Company to the Bank would be subordinate in right of payment to deposits and certain other debts of the Bank. In the event of the Parent Company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the Parent Company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the Bank would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.
Pennsylvania Banking Law
The Pennsylvania Banking Code contains detailed provisions governing the organization, location of offices, rights and responsibilities of directors, officers, and employees, as well as corporate powers, savings and investment operations and other aspects of the Bank and its affairs. The Pennsylvania Banking Code delegates extensive rule-making power and administrative discretion to the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities so that the supervision and regulation of state-chartered banks may be flexible and readily responsive to changes in economic conditions and in savings and lending practices.
The FDIA, however, prohibits state-chartered banks from making new investments, loans, or becoming involved in activities as principal and equity investments which are not permitted for national banks unless the FDIC determines the activity or investment does not pose a significant risk of loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund, and a bank meets all applicable capital requirements. Accordingly, the additional operating authority provided to the Bank by the Pennsylvania Banking Code is significantly restricted by the FDIA.
Dividend Restrictions
The Parent Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and non-banking subsidiaries. Since the Parent Company's consolidated net income consists largely of net income of its subsidiaries, its ability to make capital distributions, including paying dividends and repurchasing shares, depends upon its receipt of dividends from these subsidiaries. Under federal law, there are various limitations on the extent to which the Bank can declare and pay dividends to the Parent Company, including those related to regulatory capital requirements, general regulatory oversight to prevent unsafe or unsound practices, and federal banking law requirements concerning the payment of dividends out of net profits, surplus, and available earnings. The Bank must maintain the CET1 Capital Conservation Buffer requirement of 2.5% to avoid becoming subject to restrictions on capital distributions, including dividends. Certain contractual restrictions also may limit the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Parent Company. No assurances can be given that the Bank will, in any circumstances, pay dividends to the Parent Company.
The Parent Company's ability to declare and pay dividends to its shareholders is similarly limited by federal banking law and FRB regulations and policy.
FRB policy provides that a BHC should not pay dividends unless (1) the BHC’s net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) is sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition of the BHC and its subsidiaries, and (3) the BHC will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. Accordingly, a BHC should not pay cash dividends that can only be funded in ways that weaken the BHC’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The policy also provides that a BHC should inform the FRB reasonably in advance of declaring or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in a material adverse change to the BHC’s capital structure. BHCs also are required to consult with the FRB before increasing dividends or redeeming or repurchasing capital instruments. Additionally, the FRB could prohibit or limit the payment of dividends by a BHC if it determines that payment of the dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.
Transactions between a Bank and its Affiliates
Federal banking laws and regulations impose qualitative standards and quantitative limitations upon certain transactions between a bank and its affiliates, including between a bank and its holding company and companies that the BHC may be deemed to control for these purposes. Transactions covered by these provisions must be on arm’s-length terms and cannot
9

Table of Contents
exceed certain amounts which are determined with reference to that bank’s regulatory capital. Moreover, if the transaction is a loan or other extension of credit, it must be secured by collateral in an amount and quality expressly prescribed by statute, and if the affiliate is unable to pledge sufficient collateral, the BHC may be required to provide it. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the coverage and scope of these regulations, including by applying them to the credit exposure arising under derivative transactions, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. Federal banking laws also place similar restrictions on loans and other extensions of credit by FDIC-insured banks, such as the Bank, and their subsidiaries to their directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders.
Regulatory Capital Requirements
Compliance with respect to capital requirements is incorporated by reference from Note 17, Shareholders' Equity and Regulatory Capital, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," and from the Capital Adequacy and Regulatory Matters section of Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
The Bank is subject to certain risk-based capital and leverage ratio requirements under the U.S. Basel III capital rules adopted by the FRB. These rules implement the Basel III international regulatory capital standards in the U.S., as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. These quantitative calculations are minimums, and the FRB may determine that a banking organization, based on its size, complexity, or risk profile, must maintain a higher level of capital in order to operate in a safe and sound manner. The FRB asset-sized reporting threshold for a BHC is $3.0 billion and a company with consolidated assets under that limit is not subject to the FRB consolidated capital rules. A company with consolidated assets under the limit may continue to file reports that include capital amounts and ratios. Orrstown has elected to continue to file those reports.
Under the U.S. Basel III capital rules, the Parent Company's and the Bank’s assets, exposures, and certain off-balance sheet items are subject to risk weights used to determine the institutions’ risk-weighted assets. These risk-weighted assets are used to calculate the following minimum capital ratios for the Parent Company and the Bank:
• CET1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio, equal to the ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets. CET1 capital primarily includes common shareholders’ equity subject to certain regulatory adjustments and deductions, including goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, and AOCI. The Company has elected to opt out of including AOCI components.
• Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio, equal to the ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets. Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of CET1 capital, perpetual preferred stock, and certain qualifying capital instruments.
• Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio, equal to the ratio of total capital, including CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital, and Tier 2 capital, to risk-weighted assets. Tier 2 capital primarily includes qualifying subordinated debt and qualifying ALL.
• Tier 1 Leverage Ratio, equal to the ratio of Tier 1 capital to quarterly average assets (net of goodwill, certain other intangible assets, and certain other deductions).
Failure to be well-capitalized or to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have an adverse material effect on our operations or financial condition. Failure to be well-capitalized or to meet minimum capital requirements could also result in restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends or otherwise distribute capital or to receive regulatory approval of applications.
In addition to meeting the minimum capital requirements, under the U.S. Basel III capital rules, the Bank must also maintain the required Capital Conservation Buffer to avoid becoming subject to restrictions on capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management. The Capital Conservation Buffer is calculated as a ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and it effectively increases the required minimum risk-based capital ratios. The Capital Conservation Buffer requirement is 2.5%. The Tier 1 Leverage Ratio is not impacted by the Capital Conservation Buffer, and a banking institution may be considered well-capitalized while remaining out of compliance with the Capital Conservation Buffer.
The Parent Company has the ability to provide additional capital to the Bank to maintain the Bank’s risk-based capital ratios at levels which would be considered well-capitalized.
At December 31, 2021, the Parent Company's and the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios were above applicable well-capitalized standards and met the Capital Conservation Buffer requirement.
Bank Acquisitions by Orrstown
BHCs must obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve in connection with any acquisition that results in the BHC owning or controlling 5% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank or another BHC.
10

Table of Contents
Acquisitions of Ownership of Orrstown
Acquisitions of Orrstown's voting stock above certain thresholds are subject to prior regulatory notice or approval under federal banking laws, including the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, a person or entity generally must provide prior notice to the FRB before acquiring the power to vote 10% or more of our outstanding common stock. Investors should be aware of these requirements when acquiring shares in the Company's stock.
Data Privacy
Federal and state law contains extensive consumer privacy protection provisions. The GLB Act requires financial institutions to periodically disclose their privacy policies and practices relating to sharing such information and enables retail clients to opt out of our ability to share information with unaffiliated third parties under certain circumstances. Other federal and state laws and regulations impact our ability to share certain information with affiliates and non-affiliates for marketing and/or non-marketing purposes, or to contact clients with marketing offers. These security and privacy policies and procedures for the protection of personal and confidential information are in effect across all businesses and geographic locations as applicable. Federal law also makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain client information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means. Data privacy and data protection are areas of increasing federal and state legislative focus.
Like other lenders, the Bank uses credit bureau data in its underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which also regulates reporting information to credit bureaus, prescreening individuals for credit offers, sharing of information between affiliates, and using affiliate data for marketing purposes. Similar state laws may impose additional requirements on the Company.
Cybersecurity
The GLB Act requires financial institutions to implement a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of client records and information.
The Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act is intended to improve cybersecurity in the U.S. by enhanced sharing of information about security threats among the U.S. government and private sector entities, including financial institutions. The Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act also authorizes companies to monitor their own systems notwithstanding any other provision of law and allows companies to carry out defensive measures on their own systems from cyber-attacks. The law includes liability protections for companies that share cyber threat information with third parties so long as such sharing activity is conducted in accordance with Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act.
In October 2016, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued an Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking regarding enhanced cyber risk management standards, which would apply to a wide range of large financial institutions and their third-party service providers. The proposed rules would expand existing cybersecurity regulations and guidance to focus on cyber risk management and governance, management of internal and external dependencies, and incident response, cyber resilience, and situational awareness. In addition, the proposal contemplates more stringent standards for institutions with systems that are critical to the financial sector. These enhanced standards would apply only to depository institutions and depository institution holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more. The federal banking agencies have not yet taken further action on these proposed standards.
Separately, in November 2021, the United States federal bank regulatory agencies adopted a rule regarding notification requirements for banking organizations related to significant computer security incidents. Under the final rule, a bank holding company and a state member bank are required to notify the Federal Reserve within 36 hours of incidents that have materially disrupted or degraded, or are reasonably likely to materially disrupt or degrade, the banking organization’s ability to deliver services to a material portion of its client base, jeopardize the viability of key operations of the banking organization, or impact the stability of the financial sector. The rule is effective April 1, 2022, with compliance required by May 1, 2022.
Community Reinvestment Act
The CRA is intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service areas, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound business practices. The relevant federal bank regulatory agency, the FRB in the Bank’s case, examines each bank and assigns it a public CRA rating. A bank’s record of fair lending compliance is part of the resulting CRA examination report. The CRA requires the relevant federal bank regulatory agency to consider a bank’s CRA assessment when considering that bank’s application to conduct certain mergers or acquisitions or to open or relocate a branch office. The FRB also must consider the CRA record of each subsidiary bank of a BHC in connection with any acquisition or merger application filed by the BHC. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay or result in the denial of an approval or application by the Parent Company or the Bank. The Bank received a CRA rating of “Satisfactory” in
11

Table of Contents
its most recent examination. Leaders of the federal banking agencies have indicated their support for modernizing the CRA regulatory framework to address changing delivery systems and consumer preferences. In September 2020, the FRB issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking that seeks public comment on ways to modernize the FRB's CRA regulations. The effects on the Company of any potential change to the CRA rules will depend on the final form of any Federal Reserve rulemaking and cannot be predicted at this time.
Anti-Money Laundering
The Bank Secrecy Act and the PATRIOT Act contain anti-money laundering and financial transparency provisions intended to detect and prevent the use of the U.S. financial system for money laundering and terrorist financing activities. The Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the PATRIOT Act, requires depository institutions and their holding companies to undertake activities including maintaining an anti-money laundering program, verifying the identity of clients, verifying the identity of certain beneficial owners for legal entity clients, monitoring for and reporting suspicious transactions, reporting on cash transactions exceeding specified thresholds, and responding to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies. The Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act and, therefore, is required to provide its employees with anti-money laundering training, designate an anti-money laundering compliance officer, and undergo an annual, independent audit to assess the effectiveness of its anti-money laundering program. The Bank has implemented policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with these anti-money laundering requirements. Bank regulators are focusing their examinations on anti-money laundering compliance, and we will continue to monitor and augment, where necessary, our anti-money laundering compliance programs. The federal banking agencies are required, when reviewing bank and BHC acquisition or merger applications, to consider the effectiveness of the anti-money laundering activities of the applicant.
The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (“AMLA”), which amends the BSA, was enacted in January 2021. The AMLA codifies a risk-based approach to anti-money laundering compliance for financial institutions; requires the Treasury to promulgate priorities for anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism policy; requires the development of standards by the Treasury for testing technology and internal processes for BSA compliance; expands enforcement- and investigation-related authority, including a significant expansion in the available sanctions for certain BSA violations; and expands BSA whistleblower incentives and protections. Many of the statutory provisions in the AMLA will require additional rulemaking, reports and other measures, and the impact of the AMLA will depend on, among other things, rulemaking and implementation guidance.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
The Office of Foreign Assets Control is responsible for administering economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals, and others, as defined by various Executive Orders and in various legislation. Office of Foreign Assets Control-administered sanctions take many different forms. For example, sanctions may include: (1) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on U.S. persons engaging in financial transactions relating to, making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (2) a blocking of assets in which the government or “specially designated nationals” of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction, including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons. The Office of Foreign Assets Control also publishes lists of persons, organizations, and countries suspected of aiding, harboring, or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Blocked assets, such as property and bank deposits, cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off, or transferred in any manner without a license from the Office of Foreign Assets Control. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.
Transaction Account Reserves
FRB regulations require depository institutions to maintain cash reserves against specified deposit liabilities. The dollar amount of a depository institution's reserve requirement is determined by applying the reserve ratios specified in the Regulation D to an institution's transaction accounts, (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). Effective March 26, 2020, the FRB issued an interim rule that no longer required depository institutions to maintain reserves against their transaction accounts. The FRB issued a final rule, effective December 22, 2020, confirming its interim ruling by lowering the reserve requirement on transaction accounts to 0%.
12

Table of Contents
Consumer Protection Regulation and Supervision
The Bank is subject to regulation by the CFPB with respect to federal consumer protection laws. The Bank is also subject to certain state consumer protection laws and, under the Dodd-Frank Act, state attorneys general and other state officials are empowered to enforce certain federal consumer protection laws and regulations. State authorities have increased their focus on and enforcement of consumer protection rules. These federal and state consumer protection laws apply to a broad range of the Bank's activities and to various aspects of its business and include laws relating to interest rates, fair lending, disclosures of credit terms and estimated transaction costs to consumer borrowers, debt collection practices, the use and provision of information to consumer reporting agencies, and the prohibition of unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices in connection with the offer, sale, or provision of consumer financial products and services.
The CFPB has promulgated many mortgage-related final rules since it was established under the Dodd-Frank Act, including rules related to the ability to repay, qualified mortgage standards, mortgage servicing standards, loan originator compensation standards, high-cost mortgage requirements, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act requirements, and appraisal and escrow standards for higher priced mortgages. The mortgage-related final rules issued by the CFPB have materially restructured the origination, servicing, and securitization of residential mortgages in the U.S. These rules have impacted, and will continue to impact, the business practices of residential mortgage lenders, including the Bank.
Future Legislation and Regulation
Changes in federal laws and regulations, as well as laws and regulations in states where the Company does business, can affect the operating environment in substantial ways. We cannot predict whether those changes in laws and regulations will occur, and, if they occur, the ultimate effect they would have upon the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.
Nasdaq Capital Market
The Company’s common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the trading symbol “ORRF” and is subject to Nasdaq’s rules for listed companies.
Available Information
The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, it files annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet web site that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is www.sec.gov. The reports and other information, including any related amendments, filed by us with, or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, by the Company to, the SEC are also available free of charge at our Internet web site as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The address of the site is www.orrstown.com. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K, information on those web sites is not part of this report.

ITEM 1A – RISK FACTORS
An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent in our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report and our other filings with the SEC. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair our business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.
If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Credit
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual losses, our earnings would decrease.
There is no precise method of predicting loan losses. The required level of reserves, and the related provision for loan losses can fluctuate from year to year, based on charge-offs and/or recoveries, loan volume, credit administration practices, and local and national economic conditions, among other factors. The ALL, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, represents management’s best estimate of probable incurred losses within the existing portfolio
13

Table of Contents
of loans. The level of the ALL reflects management’s evaluation of, among other factors, the status of specific impaired loans, historical loss experience, delinquency, credit concentrations and economic conditions within our market area. The determination of the appropriate level of the ALL inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our ALL.
If loan charge-offs in future periods exceed the ALL, there would be a need to record additional provisions to increase our ALL. Furthermore, growth in the loan portfolio would generally lead to an increase in the provision for loan losses. The deterioration of one or more of our significant lending relationships could result in a substantial increase in nonperforming loans and the provision for loan losses, which would negatively impact our results of operations. Generally, increases in our ALL will result in a decrease in net income and stockholders’ equity, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Further, we have elected to delay implementation of ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, under the three-year delay permitted by the FASB in 2019. For a more complete description of the potential impact ASU 2016-13 may have on our financial statements and ALL, please refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
Commercial real estate lending may expose us to a greater risk of loss and impact our earnings and profitability.
Our business strategy includes making loans secured by commercial real estate. These types of loans generally have higher risk-adjusted returns and shorter maturities than other loans. Loans secured by commercial real estate properties are generally for larger amounts and may involve a greater degree of risk than other loans. Payments on loans secured by these properties are often dependent on the income produced by the underlying properties which, in turn, depends on the successful operation and management of the properties. Accordingly, repayment of these loans is subject to conditions in the real estate market or the local economy. In challenging economic conditions, these loans represent higher risk and could result in an increase in our total net charge-offs, requiring us to increase our ALL, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. While we seek to minimize these risks in a variety of ways, there can be no assurance that these measures will protect against credit-related losses.
Our loan portfolio has a significant concentration in commercial real estate loans.
Our loan portfolio is made up largely of commercial real estate loans. The federal banking agencies have promulgated guidance governing banks with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (i) total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of total risk-based capital or (ii) total commercial real estate loans represent 300% or more of total risk-based capital and that bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior thirty-six months. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are excluded from this second category. If the Bank is deemed to have a concentration in commercial real estate loans, we will be required to employ heightened risk management practices that address board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending. At December 31, 2021, the Bank’s construction, land development and other land concentration was 38%, commercial real estate loan concentration was 270% and the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio increased by 99% during the prior thirty-six months. The Bank believes it has taken the appropriate steps to comply with the risk management practices, which are subject to regulatory examination. If our regulators conclude that we have not implemented appropriate risk management practices, it could adversely affect our business, and could result in the requirement to maintain increased capital levels or restrict our ability to originate new loans secured by commercial real estate. We can provide no assurance that capital would be available, or available on terms favorable to the Company, at that time.
The credit risk related to commercial and industrial loans is greater than the risk related to residential loans.
 Commercial and industrial loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a greater degree of risk of nonpayment or late payment than home equity loans or residential mortgage loans. Commercial and industrial loans include advances to local and regional businesses for general commercial purposes and include permanent and short-term working capital, machinery and equipment financing, and may be either in the form of lines of credit or term loans. Although commercial and industrial loans may be unsecured to our highest rated borrowers, the majority of these loans are secured by the borrower’s accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment. In a significant number of these loans, the collateral also includes the business real estate or the business owner’s personal real estate or assets. Commercial and industrial loans are more susceptible to risk of loss during a downturn in the economy, as borrowers may have greater difficulty in meeting their debt service requirements and the value of the collateral may decline. We attempt to mitigate this risk through our underwriting
14

Table of Contents
standards, including evaluating the creditworthiness of the borrower, regular monitoring, and, to the extent available, credit ratings on the business. However, these procedures cannot entirely eliminate the risk of loss associated with commercial and industrial lending.
Environmental liability associated with our lending activities could result in losses.
In the course of business, we may acquire, through foreclosure, properties securing loans originated or purchased that are in default. Particularly in commercial real estate lending, there is a risk that material environmental violations could be discovered on these properties. In this event, we might be required to remedy these violations at the affected properties at our sole cost and expense. The cost of remedial action could substantially exceed the value of affected properties. We may not have adequate remedies against the prior owner or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected properties. These events could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
As a participating lender in the SBA Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), we are subject to additional risks of litigation from our clients or other parties regarding our processing of loans for the PPP and risks that the SBA may not fund some or all PPP loan guaranties.
On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the CARES Act, which included a $349 billion loan program administered through the SBA referred to as the PPP. Under the PPP, small businesses and other entities and individuals applied for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders that enrolled in the program, subject to numerous limitations and eligibility criteria. We participated as a lender in the PPP, which commenced on April 3, 2020. Lenders participating in the PPP have faced scrutiny about their loan application process and procedures, and the nature and type of the borrowers receiving PPP loans. We depend on our reputation as a trusted and responsible financial services company to compete effectively in the communities that we serve. Any negative public or client response to, or any litigation or claims that might arise out of, our participation in the PPP and any other legislative or regulatory initiatives and programs that were enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, could adversely impact our business. We may be exposed to the risk of litigation regarding our process and procedures used in processing applications for the PPP and in connection with our processing of PPP loan forgiveness applications. If any such litigation is filed against us and is not resolved in a manner favorable to us, it may result in a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations or adversely affect our reputation. In addition, litigation can be costly, regardless of outcome.
We also have credit risk on PPP loans if a determination is made by the SBA that there is a deficiency in the manner in which a loan was originated, funded, or serviced by us. In the event of a loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a determination by the SBA that there was a deficiency in the manner in which the PPP loan was originated, funded, or serviced by us, the SBA may deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the guaranty, or, if it has already paid under the guaranty, seek recovery of any loss related to the deficiency from us. The Company had $195.3 million in gross outstanding balance of SBA PPP loans at December 31, 2021.
Risks Related to Interest Rates and Investments
Changes in interest rates could adversely impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations are subject to risks and uncertainties surrounding our exposure to changes in the interest rate environment. Operating income, net income and liquidity depend to a great extent on our net interest margin. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including competition, general economic conditions, and monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities, including the FRB. The nature and timing of any changes in interest rates or general economic conditions and their effect on us cannot be controlled and are difficult to predict. If the rate of interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities increases more than the rate of interest we receive on our interest-earning assets, our net interest income, and therefore our earnings and liquidity, could be materially adversely affected. Our earnings and liquidity could also be materially adversely affected if the rates on interest-earning assets fall more quickly than those on our interest-bearing liabilities.
Changes in interest rates also can affect our ability to originate loans, our ability to obtain and retain deposits, and the value of interest-earning assets, and the ability to realize gains from the sale of such assets, which could all negatively impact shareholder's equity. The FRB recently has signaled its intention to raise interest rates in 2022. An increase in interest rates could also have a negative impact on our results of operations by reducing the ability of borrowers to repay their current loan obligations, which could not only result in increased loan defaults, foreclosures and charge-offs, but could also necessitate further increases to our ALL. A decrease in interest rates may trigger loan prepayments, which may serve to reduce net interest income if we are unable to lend these funds to other borrowers or invest the funds at the same or higher interest rates. In addition, based on our interest rate sensitivity analyses, an increase in the general level of interest rates will negatively affect the market value of the investment portfolio because of the relatively higher duration of certain securities included in the investment portfolio.
15

Table of Contents
Our subordinated notes, issued in December 2018, have a 6.0% fixed interest rate through December 2023, after which the interest rate will convert to a variable rate, equivalent to three-month LIBOR, or any replacement reference rate, plus 3.16% through maturity in December 2028. Depending on our financial condition at the time of the rate changing from fixed to variable, an increase in the interest rate on our subordinated debt could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and results of operations.
Our securities portfolio performance in difficult market conditions could have adverse effects on our results of operations.
Unrealized losses on investment securities result from changes in credit spreads and liquidity issues in the marketplace, along with changes in the credit profile of individual securities issuers. Under GAAP, we are required to review our investment portfolio periodically for the presence of impairment of our securities, taking into consideration current and future market conditions, the extent and nature of changes in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, volatility of earnings, current analysts' evaluations, our ability and intent to hold investments until a recovery of fair value, as well as other factors. Adverse developments with respect to one or more of the foregoing factors may require us to deem particular securities to be impaired, with the credit-related portion of the reduction in the value recognized as a charge to our earnings through a valuation allowance. Subsequent valuations, in light of factors prevailing at that time, may result in significant changes in the values of these securities in future periods. Any of these factors could require us to recognize further impairments in the value of our securities portfolio, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.
In addition, deterioration or defaults made by issuers of the underlying collateral of our investment securities may cause additional credit-related other-than-temporary impairment charges to our income statement. Our ability to borrow from other financial institutions or to access the debt or equity capital markets on favorable terms or at all could be adversely affected by disruptions in the capital markets or other events, including actions by rating agencies and deteriorating investor expectations.
Potential downgrades of U.S. government securities by one or more of the credit ratings agencies could have a material adverse effect on our operations, earnings and financial condition.
A possible future downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government and a decline in the perceived creditworthiness of U.S. government-related obligations could impact our ability to obtain funding that is collateralized by affected instruments, as well as affect the pricing of that funding when it is available. A downgrade may also adversely affect the market value of such instruments. We cannot predict if, when or how any changes to the credit ratings or perceived creditworthiness of these organizations will affect economic conditions. Among other things, a downgrade in the U.S. government’s credit rating could adversely impact the value of our securities portfolio and may trigger requirements that the Company post additional collateral for trades relative to these securities. A downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government or the credit ratings of related institutions, agencies or instruments would significantly exacerbate the other risks to which we are subject and any related adverse effects on the business, financial condition and results of operations.
The expected discontinuance of LIBOR presents risks to the financial instruments originated, issued or held by us that use LIBOR as a reference rate.
LIBOR is used as a reference rate for many of our transactions and contracts, which means it is the base on which relevant interest rates are determined. Transactions include those in which we lend and borrow money and issue, purchase and sell securities and engage in derivative transactions. Stemming from recent regulatory guidance and proposals to reform, the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA"), which regulates the process for setting LIBOR, announced that it intended to stop compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR. This announcement created market uncertainty as to whether and to what extent panel banks would continue to provide submissions for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021 and as to the continued existence of LIBOR after 2021. The uncertainty lessened in November 2020, when the administrator of LIBOR, and the FCA, announced a proposal to extend the publication of the most commonly utilized tenors of USD LIBOR until June 30, 2023.
While certain U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors are expected to continue to be published until June 30, 2023, the U.S. banking agencies have encouraged banks to cease entering into new contracts referencing LIBOR no later than December 31, 2021. These reforms may cause such rates to perform differently than in the past, or to disappear entirely, or have other consequences which cannot be predicted. It is also possible that LIBOR quotes will become unavailable prior to 2023 if a sufficient number of banks decline to make submissions to the LIBOR administrator. In that case, the risks associated with the transition from LIBOR would be accelerated and magnified. These risks may also be increased due to the shorter time frame for preparing for the transition.
With the phase out of LIBOR, there are alternative reference rates in circulation as a replacement. It is expected to be replaced primarily by the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR, which is a median of rates that market participants pay to borrow cash on an overnight basis, using U.S. Treasury Securities as collateral. Should SOFR ultimately replace LIBOR, risks will remain for us with respect to outstanding loans or other instruments using LIBOR. Those risks arise in connection
16

Table of Contents
with transitioning those instruments to a new reference rate and the corresponding value transfer that may occur in connection with that transition. Risks related to transitioning instruments to SOFR, how LIBOR is calculated and LIBOR's availability include impacts on the yield on loans or securities held by us and amounts paid on securities we have issued, and ultimately, adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. The value of loans, securities, derivatives or borrowings tied to LIBOR and the trading market for LIBOR-based securities could also be negatively impacted upon its discontinuance or phase out.
The Company has formed a cross-functional working group to lead the transition from LIBOR to a planned adoption of an alternate index. As of December 31, 2021, the Company ceased issuance of new LIBOR loans. The Company has elected to replace LIBOR with the 30-Day Average SOFR or Term SOFR in its loan agreements. Certain systems and products have been effectively transitioned away from LIBOR and are utilizing alternative reference rates. Remaining LIBOR transition project activities include remediation of remaining LIBOR products by June 2023. The Company is in the process of implementing fallback language for loans that will mature after 2021. The manner and impact of the transition from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate, as well as the effect of these developments on our funding costs, loan, investment securities and derivative portfolios, asset-liability management, and business, is uncertain.
Risks Related to Competition and to Our Business Strategy
If we cannot replace interest income on PPP loans, our net income would be adversely affected.
Interest income recognized on PPP loans totaled $16.8 million and $10.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As the balance of our PPP loan portfolio continues to decline, we expect interest income recognized on these loans to decline in 2022. If we are not able to replace interest income on PPP loans through non-PPP loan growth or otherwise, our net income could be adversely affected.
Difficult economic and market conditions can adversely affect the financial services industry and may materially and adversely affect the Company.
Our operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. If the growth of the U.S. economy slows, or if the economy worsens or enters into a recession, our growth and profitability could be constrained. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries can affect the stability of global financial markets, which could impact the U.S. economy and financial markets. Weak economic conditions, which could directly impact our operations, are characterized by deflation, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, including a lack of liquidity and/or depressed prices in the secondary market for mortgage loans, increased loan delinquencies on real estate price declines and lower home sales and commercial activity, and increased problem assets and foreclosures. All of these factors are detrimental to our business. In addition, our business is significantly affected by monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government, its agencies and government-sponsored entities. Changes in any of these policies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Because our business is concentrated in south central Pennsylvania, the greater Baltimore region, and Washington County, Maryland, our financial performance could be materially adversely affected by economic conditions and real estate values in these market areas.
Our operations and the properties securing our loans are primarily located in south central Pennsylvania, the greater Baltimore region, and Washington County, Maryland. Our operating results depend largely on economic conditions and real estate valuations in these and surrounding areas. A deterioration in economic conditions, increased unemployment, inflation, and a decline in real estate values in these market areas or other factors beyond our control could materially adversely affect our operations.
Competition from other banks and financial institutions in originating loans, attracting deposits and providing other financial services may adversely affect our profitability and liquidity.
We experience substantial competition in our market area. This competition comes principally from other banks, savings institutions, credit unions, mortgage banking companies and other lenders. Some of our competitors enjoy advantages, including greater financial resources and higher lending limits, a wider geographic presence, more accessible branch office locations, the ability to offer a wider array of services or more favorable pricing alternatives, as well as lower origination and operating costs. This competition could reduce our net income and liquidity by decreasing the number and size of loans that we originate and the interest rates we are able to charge on these loans.
Emerging technologies have the potential to intensify competition and accelerate disruption in the financial services industry. In recent years, non-financial services firms, such as financial technology companies, have been offering services traditionally provided by financial institutions. These firms use technology and mobile platforms to enhance the ability of
17

Table of Contents
companies and individuals to borrow money, save and invest. Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including our ability to develop and execute strategic plans and initiatives; to develop competitive products and technologies; and to attract, retain and develop a highly skilled employee workforce. If we are not able to compete successfully, we could be placed at a competitive disadvantage, which could result in the loss of clients and market share, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer.
In attracting deposits, we face substantial competition from other insured depository institutions such as banks, savings institutions and credit unions, as well as institutions offering uninsured investment alternatives, including money market funds. Some of our competitors enjoy advantages, including more expansive marketing campaigns, better brand recognition and more branch locations. These competitors may offer higher interest rates than we do, which could decrease the deposits that we attract or require us to increase our rates to retain existing deposits or obtain new deposits. Increased deposit competition could materially adversely affect our ability to fund lending operations. As a result, we may need to seek other sources of funds that could increase our cost of funds.
Our business may be adversely affected if we fail to adapt our products and services to technological advances, evolving industry standards and consumer preferences.
The banking industry undergoes constant technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The widespread adoption of new technologies, including internet services, cryptocurrencies and payment systems, could require substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our existing products and services as we grow and develop our internet banking and mobile banking channel strategies in addition to remote connectivity solutions. We might not be successful in developing or introducing new products and services, integrating new products or services into our existing offerings, responding or adapting to changes in consumer behavior, preferences, spending, investing and/or saving habits, achieving market acceptance of our products and services, reducing costs in response to pressures to deliver products and services at lower prices or sufficiently developing and maintaining loyal clients. Our future success may depend, in part, on our ability to address the needs of our current and prospective clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in operations.
The Company’s business strategy includes the continuation of moderate growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.
Over the long term, we expect to continue to experience organic growth in loans and total assets, the level of our deposits and the scale of our operations. Achieving our growth targets requires us to successfully execute our business strategies, which includes continuing to grow our loan portfolio. Our ability to successfully grow will also depend on the continued availability of loan opportunities that meet underwriting standards. In addition, we may consider the acquisition of other financial institutions and branches within or outside of our market area to the extent permitted by our regulators. The success of any such acquisition will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to integrate the acquired institutions or branches into the current operations of the Company; our ability to limit the outflow of deposits held by clients of the acquired institution or branch locations; our ability to control the incremental increase in noninterest expense arising from any acquisition; and our ability to retain and integrate the appropriate personnel of the acquired institution or branches. We believe we have the resources and internal systems in place to successfully achieve and manage our future growth. If we do not manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to achieve our business plan goals and our business and prospects could be harmed.
We may incur significant losses as a result of ineffective risk management processes and strategies.
We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a risk and control framework encompassing a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, operational, compliance, and legal reporting systems; internal controls; management review processes; and other mechanisms. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application may not be effective and may not anticipate every economic and financial outcome in all market environments or the specifics and timing of such outcomes.
We face security risks, including denial-of-service attacks, hacking, social engineering attacks targeting our colleagues and clients, malware intrusion or data corruption attempts, and identity theft that could result in the disclosure of confidential information, adversely affect our business or reputation, and create significant legal and financial exposure.
Our computer systems and network infrastructure and those of third parties, on which we are highly dependent, are subject to security risks and could be susceptible to cyber-attacks, such as denial-of-service attacks, hacking, social engineering attacks, malware intrusion or data corruption attempts, terrorist activities, or identity theft. Our business relies on the secure processing, transmission, storage, and retrieval of confidential, proprietary, and other information in our computer and data management systems and networks, and in the computer and data management systems and networks of third parties. In addition, in order to access our network, products, and services, our clients and other third parties may use personal mobile devices or computing devices that are outside of our network environment and are subject to their own cybersecurity risks. We
18

Table of Contents
also are subject to heightened cybersecurity, information security and operational risks as a result of work-from-home arrangements that we have put in place for our employees in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic.
We, our clients, regulators, and other third parties, including other financial services institutions and companies engaged in data processing, have been subject to, and are likely to continue to be the target of, cyber-attacks. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities or incidents. Despite efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems and implement controls, processes, policies, and other protective measures, we may not be able to anticipate all security breaches, nor may we be able to implement sufficient preventive measures against such security breaches, which may result in material losses or consequences for us.
Cybersecurity risks for banking organizations have significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, and the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions. For example, cybersecurity risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our mobile-payment and other internet-based product offerings to meet client demand and expand our internal usage of web-based products and applications. In addition, cybersecurity risks have significantly increased in recent years, in part due to the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime affiliates, terrorist organizations, hostile foreign governments, disgruntled employees or vendors, activists, and other external parties, including those involved in corporate espionage. Even the most advanced internal control environment may be vulnerable to compromise. Due to increasing geopolitical tensions, nation state cyber-attacks and ransomware are both increasing in sophistication and prevalence. Targeted social engineering and email attacks (i.e. “spear phishing” attacks) are becoming more sophisticated and are extremely difficult to prevent. Persistent attackers may succeed in penetrating defenses given enough resources, time, and motive. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched, or until well after a breach has occurred. The speed at which new vulnerabilities are discovered and exploited often before security patches are published continues to rise. The risk of a security breach caused by a cyber-attack at a vendor or by unauthorized vendor access has also increased in recent years. Additionally, the existence of cyber-attacks or security breaches at third-party vendors with access to our data may not be disclosed to us in a timely manner.
We also face indirect technology, cybersecurity, and operational risks relating to the clients and other third parties with whom we do business or upon whom we rely to facilitate or enable our business activities, including, for example, financial counterparties, regulators, and providers of critical infrastructure such as internet access and electrical power. As a result of increasing consolidation, interdependence, and complexity of financial entities and technology systems, a technology failure, cyber-attack, or other information or security breach that significantly degrades, deletes, or compromises the systems or data of one or more financial entities could have a material impact on counterparties or other market participants, including us. This consolidation, interconnectivity, and complexity increases the risk of operational failure, on both individual and industry-wide bases, as disparate systems need to be integrated, often on an accelerated basis. Any third-party technology failure, cyber-attack, or other information or security breach, termination, or constraint could, among other things, adversely affect our ability to effect transactions, service our clients, manage our exposure to risk, or expand our business.
Cyber-attacks or other information or security breaches, whether directed at us or third parties, may result in a material loss or have material consequences. Furthermore, the public perception that a cyber-attack on our systems has been successful, whether or not this perception is correct, may damage our reputation with clients and third parties with whom we do business. Hacking of personal information and identity theft risks, in particular, could cause serious reputational harm. A successful penetration or circumvention of system security could cause us serious negative consequences, including our loss of clients and business opportunities, costs associated with maintaining business relationships after an attack or breach; significant business disruption to our operations and business, misappropriation, exposure, or destruction of our confidential information, intellectual property, funds, and/or those of our clients; or damage to our or our clients’ and/or third parties’ computers or systems, and could result in a violation of applicable privacy laws and other laws, litigation exposure, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, loss of confidence in our security measures, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensatory costs, additional compliance costs, and could adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. In addition, we may not have adequate insurance coverage to compensate for losses from a cybersecurity event.
Cybersecurity and data privacy are areas of heightened legislative and regulatory focus.
Cybersecurity and data privacy issues have recently become the subject of increasing legislative and regulatory focus. The federal bank regulatory agencies have in the past proposed, and may in the future propose, regulations that would enhance cyber risk management standards, which would apply to a wide range of large financial institutions and their third-party service providers and would focus on cyber risk governance and management, management of internal and external dependencies, and incident response, cyber resilience, and situational awareness. Several states have also proposed or adopted cybersecurity legislation and regulations, which require, among other things, notification to affected individuals when there has been a security breach of their personal data.
19

Table of Contents
We receive, maintain, and store non-public personal information of our clients and counterparties, including, but not limited to, personally identifiable information and personal financial information. The sharing, use, disclosure, and protection of these types of information are governed by federal and state law. Both personally identifiable information and personal financial information are increasingly subject to legislation and regulation, the intent of which is to protect the privacy of personal information and personal financial information that is collected and handled.
We may become subject to new legislation or regulation concerning cybersecurity or the privacy of personally identifiable information and personal financial information or of any other information we may store or maintain. We could be adversely affected if new legislation or regulations are adopted or if existing legislation or regulations are modified such that we are required to alter our systems or require changes to our business practices or privacy policies. If cybersecurity, data privacy, data protection, data transfer, or data retention laws are implemented, interpreted, or applied in a manner inconsistent with our current practices, we may be subject to fines, litigation, or regulatory enforcement actions or ordered to change our business practices, policies, or systems in a manner that adversely impacts our operating results.
We may not be able to successfully implement future information technology system enhancements, which could adversely affect our business operations and profitability.
We invest significant resources in information technology system enhancements in order to provide functionality and security at an appropriate level. We may not be able to successfully implement and integrate future system enhancements, which could adversely impact the ability to provide timely and accurate financial information in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, which could negatively impact the Company's growth, revenue and profit and could result in regulatory scrutiny. In addition, future system enhancements could have higher than expected costs and/or result in operating inefficiencies, which could increase the costs associated with the implementation as well as ongoing operations.
Failure to properly utilize system enhancements that are implemented in the future could result in significant costs to remediate or replace the defective components, which would adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may incur significant training, licensing, maintenance, consulting and amortization expenses during and after systems implementations, and any such costs may continue for an extended period of time.
We may become subject to claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility.
We provide fiduciary services through OFA. From time to time, clients may make claims and take legal action with regard to the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. Whether such claims and legal actions are founded or unfounded, if such claims or legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, the claims or related actions may result in significant financial expense and liability to us and/or adversely affect our reputation in the marketplace, as well as adversely impact client demand for our products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Climate change may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
There is an increasing concern over the current and anticipated effects of climate change, which could negatively impact the Company and its clients. Weather-related events, such as severe storms, hurricanes, flooding and droughts, can present risks to the Company and its clients, including property damage, change in the value of properties securing our loans, changes in client behavior and preferences, and disruption of business operations, all which can increase credit risk and result in loss of revenue and additional expenses. These concerns over the impacts of climate change have gained political and social attention resulting in many legislative and regulatory initiatives to lessen the effects of climate change, which also may result in heightened supervisory expectations on banks’ risk management practices. Ongoing legislative and regulatory uncertainties and expanded requirements for climate risk management practices may result in increases to compliance and operating costs, which could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Mergers and Acquisitions
Growing by acquisition involves risks.
We intend to pursue a growth plan consistent with our business strategy, including growth by acquisition, as well as leveraging our existing branch network. To the extent that we acquire other companies in the future, our business may be negatively impacted by certain risks inherent with such acquisitions. Some of these risks include the following:
We may incur substantial expenses in pursuing potential acquisitions;
management may divert its attention from other aspects of our business;
we may assume potential and unknown liabilities of the acquired company;
20

Table of Contents
the acquired business may not perform in accordance with management's expectations, including potentially losing key clients of the acquired business;
difficulties may arise in connection with the integration of the operations of the acquired business with our businesses; and
we may lose key employees of the combined business.
Our ability to manage growth successfully will depend on our ability to attract qualified personnel and maintain cost controls and asset quality while attracting additional loans and deposits on favorable terms, as well as on factors beyond our control, such as economic conditions and competition. If we grow too quickly and are not able to attract qualified personnel, control costs and maintain asset quality, this continued rapid growth could materially adversely affect our financial performance.
Goodwill generated in acquisitions may negatively affect our financial condition. 
To the extent that merger consideration, consisting of cash and shares of our common stock, exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired, including identifiable intangibles, that amount will be reported as goodwill by us. In accordance with current accounting guidance, goodwill will not be amortized but will be evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently as warranted by specific events or circumstances. A failure to realize the expected benefits of a merger could adversely impact the carrying value of the goodwill recognized in the merger and, in turn, negatively affect our financial results.
We may be unable to successfully integrate the operations of acquired entities over time. 
Acquisitions involve the integration with companies that previously operated independently. The potential difficulties of combining the operations of the acquired companies with Orrstown include integrating personnel with diverse business backgrounds, integrating departments, systems operating procedures and information technologies, combining different corporate cultures, attracting new clients and retaining existing clients and key employees. 
The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of the combined company and the loss of key personnel. The diversion of management’s attention and any delays or difficulties encountered in connection with the merger and the integration process could have a material adverse effect on the business and results of operations of the combined company. 
The success of an acquisition depends, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings from combining the businesses acquired with the Company. If we are unable to successfully execute on integration, the anticipated earnings and cost savings expected to be derived from an acquisition may not be realized fully or may take longer to realize than anticipated.
The market price of our common stock after acquisitions may be affected by factors different from those affecting our shares currently. 
The businesses of the Company and acquired entities may differ and, accordingly, the results of operations of the combined company and the market price of the shares of common stock of the combined company may be affected by factors different from those currently affecting the independent results of operations and market prices of common stock of each separate entity. The market value of our common stock fluctuates based upon various factors, including changes in our business, operations or prospects, market assessments of the merger, regulatory considerations, market and economic considerations, and other factors. Further, the market price of our common stock after an acquisition may be affected by factors different from those currently affecting our common stock. Additionally, future business acquisitions may result in the issuance and payment of additional shares of stock, which would dilute current shareholders’ ownership interests, and may involve the payment of a premium over book and market values. Therefore, dilution of our tangible book value and net income per common share could occur in connection with any future transaction.
Risks Related to Regulatory Compliance and Legal Matters
Governmental regulation and regulatory actions against us may impair our operations or restrict our growth.
The Company is subject to regulation and supervision under federal and state laws and regulations. The requirements and limitations imposed by such laws and regulations limit the manner in which we conduct our business, undertake new investments and activities and obtain financing. These regulations are designed primarily for the promotion of the safety and soundness of financial institutions and the protection of the deposit insurance funds and consumers, and not to benefit our shareholders. Applicable laws and regulations impose capital adequacy requirements and restrict our ability to repurchase stock or to receive dividends from our subsidiaries. Our ability to service our obligations and pay dividends to shareholders is largely dependent on the receipt of dividends from our subsidiaries, primarily the Bank. The FRB requires a BHC to act as a source of
21

Table of Contents
financial and managerial strength for its subsidiary banks. The FRB could require us to commit resources to the Bank when doing so is not otherwise in the interests of our shareholders or creditors.
We are subject to supervision and examination by numerous governmental bodies. The results of these supervisory or examination activities could limit our ability to engage in new activities or expand. These activities also could result in significant fines, penalties, or required corrective actions, some of which could be difficult to implement. As we expand our product and service offerings, there could be an increase in state regulation affecting our operations. Different approaches to regulation by different jurisdictions could increase our compliance costs or risks of non-compliance.
Financial institution regulation has been the subject of significant legislation in recent years and may be the subject of further significant legislation in the future, none of which is within our control. Federal and state regulatory agencies also frequently adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied or enforced. The Company cannot predict the substance or impact of pending or future legislation, regulation or the application thereof. Compliance with such current and potential regulation and scrutiny may significantly increase our costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital and limit our ability to efficiently pursue business opportunities. Bank regulations can hinder our ability to compete with financial services companies that are not subject to the same regulation. A failure to comply, or to have adequate policies and procedures designed to comply, with regulatory requirements and expectations could expose us to damages, fines and regulatory penalties and other regulatory or enforcement actions or consequences, such as limitations on activities otherwise permissible for us or additional requirements for engaging in new activities, and could also injure our reputation with clients and others with whom we do business.
Altering our overdraft fee practices could materially adversely affect the Company’s fee income and results of operations.
Overdraft fee practices of banks have recently come under increased regulatory scrutiny. This scrutiny, along with threats of litigation, have prompted many larger banks to reform their overdraft fee practices or cease charging overdraft fees altogether. Reforming, reducing or eliminating overdraft fees could materially adversely affect our fee income and results of operations.
Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that are required to be paid for FDIC insurance. If there are bank or financial institution failures, the Company may be required to pay significantly higher premiums than the levels currently imposed or additional special assessments or taxes that could adversely affect earnings. Any future increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums may materially adversely affect our results of operations.
Legislative, regulatory and legal developments involving income and other taxes could materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and cash flows.
The Company is subject to U.S. federal and U.S. state income, payroll, property, sales and use, and other types of taxes, including the Pennsylvania Bank Shares Tax. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company's provisions for income taxes. Changes in tax rates, enactments of new tax laws, revisions of tax regulations, and claims or litigation with taxing authorities could result in substantially higher taxes, and therefore, could have a significant adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Increases in the assessment rate for the Pennsylvania Bank Shares Tax, which is calculated on the outstanding equity of the Bank, may also materially adversely affect results of operations.
The Company is required to use judgment in applying accounting policies and different estimates and assumptions in the application of these policies could result in a decrease in capital and/or other material changes to the reports of financial condition and results of operations.
Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the ALL, the fair value of certain financial instruments, particularly securities, and goodwill and purchase accounting. While we have identified those accounting policies that we consider critical and have procedures in place to facilitate the associated judgments, different assumptions in the application of these policies could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
22

Table of Contents
Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition.
From time to time, the FASB, SEC and other regulatory bodies change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. These changes can be operationally complex to implement and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.
The short-term and long-term impact of changing regulatory capital requirements and new capital rules is uncertain.
The Basel III Capital Rules have targeted higher levels of base capital, certain capital buffers, and a migration toward common equity as the key source of regulatory capital, as domestic and international bank regulatory agencies have sought to require financial institutions, including depository institutions, to maintain generally higher levels of capital. The application of more stringent capital requirements to the Company and the Bank could, among other things, result in lower returns on invested capital, result in the need for additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements, including limitations on our ability to make distributions, including paying out dividends or buying back shares. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets.
Noncompliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations could cause us material financial loss.
The Bank Secrecy Act and the PATRIOT Act contain anti-money laundering and financial transparency provisions intended to detect and prevent the use of the U.S. financial system for money laundering and terrorist financing activities. The Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the PATRIOT Act, requires depository institutions and their holding companies to undertake activities including maintaining an anti-money laundering program, verifying the identity of clients, monitoring for and reporting suspicious transactions, reporting on cash transactions exceeding specified thresholds, and responding to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, or FinCEN, a unit of the Treasury Department that administers the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the federal bank regulatory agencies, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration, and IRS.
There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. If our policies, procedures, and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures, and systems of the financial institutions that we have already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain planned business activities, including acquisition plans, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us.
We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.
The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, and other fair lending laws and regulations impose community investment and nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The CFPB, the FRB, the Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act or other fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions, restrictions on expansion and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may become subject to enforcement actions even though noncompliance was inadvertent or unintentional.
The financial services industry is subject to intense scrutiny from bank supervisors in the examination process and aggressive enforcement of federal and state regulations, particularly with respect to mortgage-related practices and other consumer compliance matters, and compliance with anti-money laundering, Bank Secrecy Act and Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations, and economic sanctions against certain foreign countries and nationals. Enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. We maintain systems and procedures designed to ensure that we comply with applicable laws and regulations; however, some legal/regulatory frameworks provide for the imposition of fines or penalties for noncompliance even though the noncompliance was inadvertent or unintentional and even though systems and procedures designed to ensure compliance were in place at the time. Failure to comply with these and other
23

Table of Contents
regulations, and supervisory expectations related thereto, may result in fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions, reputation damage, or restrictions on our business.
Pending litigation and legal proceedings and the impact of any finding of liability or damages could adversely impact the Company and its financial condition and results of operations.
As more fully described in Note 23, Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statement and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company believes that the allegations of the Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority's third amended complaint are without merit and it intends to vigorously defend itself against those claims. It is not possible at this time to estimate reasonably possible losses, or even a range of reasonably possible losses, in connection with the litigation. However, there can be no assurances that the Company will not incur any losses associated with this litigation or that any losses that are incurred will not be material.
Indemnification costs associated with litigation and legal proceedings could adversely impact the Company and its financial condition and results of operations.
We are generally required, to the extent permitted by Pennsylvania law, to indemnify our current and former directors and officers who are named as defendants in lawsuits. We also have certain contractual indemnification obligations to third parties regarding litigation including, with respect to the SEPTA litigation, the underwriters of our March 2010 public offering of common stock. Generally, insurance coverage is not available for such indemnification costs we could incur to third parties. Current or future litigation could result in indemnification expenses that could have a materially adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Liquidity
We are subject to liquidity risk, which could negatively affect our funding levels.
Market conditions or other events could negatively affect our access to or the cost of funding, affecting our ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, or fund asset growth and new business initiatives at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner and without adverse consequences.
Although we maintain a liquid asset portfolio and have implemented strategies to maintain sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet commitments under various economic conditions, a substantial, unexpected, or prolonged change in the level or cost of liquidity could have a material adverse effect on us. If the cost effectiveness or the availability of supply in these credit markets is reduced for a prolonged period of time, our funding needs may require us to access funding and manage liquidity by other means. These alternatives may include generating client deposits, securitizing or selling loans, extending the maturity of wholesale borrowings, borrowing under certain secured borrowing arrangements, using relationships developed with a variety of fixed income investors, and further managing loan growth and investment opportunities. These alternative means of funding may result in an increase to the overall cost of funds and may not be available under stressed conditions, which would cause us to liquidate a portion of our liquid asset portfolio to meet any funding needs.
Loss of deposits or a change in deposit mix could increase our cost of funding.
Deposits are a low cost and stable source of funding. We compete with banks and other financial institutions for deposits. Funding costs may increase if we lose deposits and are forced to replace them with more expensive sources of funding, if clients shift their deposits into higher cost products or if we need to raise interest rates to avoid losing deposits. Higher funding costs reduce our net interest margin, net interest income and net income.
Wholesale funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits at maturity and support our operations and future growth.
The Company must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. To manage liquidity, we draw upon a number of funding sources in addition to core deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. These sources include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, proceeds from the sale of investments and loans, and liquidity resources at the holding company. Our ability to manage liquidity will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable costs. In addition, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, operating margins and profitability would be adversely affected. Turbulence in the capital and credit markets may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and clients to do business with us.
24

Table of Contents
The Parent Company is a holding company dependent on liquidity through payments, including dividends, from its bank subsidiary, which is subject to restrictions.
The Parent Company is a holding company, separate from the Bank, and must provide for its own liquidity. The Parent Company depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from the Bank to fund dividend payments and stock repurchases, if permitted, and to fund all payments on obligations. The Bank is subject to laws that restrict dividend payments or authorize regulatory bodies to prohibit or reduce the flow of funds from it to us. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to service our debt, pay dividends on our common stock or engage in stock repurchases. Further, as a result of the capital conservation buffer requirement, our ability to engage in stock repurchases, pay dividends on our common stock or service our debt could be restricted if we do not maintain a capital conservation buffer. A reduction or elimination of dividends could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon the Bank’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the Bank’s creditors, including its depositors. Restrictions on the Bank’s ability to dividend funds to the Company are included in Note 17, Shareholders' Equity and Regulatory Capital, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Company.
Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have historically led to market-wide liquidity problems, losses of depositor, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We could experience increases in deposits and assets as a result of other banks’ difficulties or failure, which would increase the capital we are required to maintain to support such growth.
Risks Related to Owning Our Stock
If the Company wants, or is compelled, to raise additional capital in the future, that capital may not be available when it is needed or on terms favorable to current shareholders.
Federal banking regulators require us to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. These capital levels are determined and dictated by law, regulation and banking regulatory agencies. In addition, capital levels are also determined by our management and board of directors based on capital levels that they believe are necessary to support our business operations. At December 31, 2021, all four capital ratios applicable to us were above regulatory minimum levels to be deemed “well capitalized” under current bank regulatory guidelines. To be “well capitalized,” banks generally must maintain a tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5.0%, CET1 capital ratio of 6.5%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.
Changes in our financial condition or results of operations, applicable accounting standards, laws and regulations and other factors could make it necessary or advisable for the Company to raise additional capital. Under such circumstances, the Company’s ability to raise additional capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurance of our ability to raise additional capital on terms and time frames acceptable to us or to raise additional capital at all. Additionally, the inability to raise capital in sufficient amounts may adversely affect our operations, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are nonspecific to us, such as severe disruption of the financial markets or negative news and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole. If we raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other securities, we would likely dilute the ownership interests of current investors by diluting earnings per share of our common stock and potentially diluting book value per share, depending on the issuance price. The price at which we issue additional shares of stock could be less than the current market price of our common stock. Furthermore, a capital raise through the issuance of additional shares may have an adverse impact on our stock price. In addition, a capital raise involving the issuance of debt securities could negatively impact our earnings and liquidity.
25

Table of Contents
The market price of our common stock is subject to volatility.
The market price of the Company’s common stock has been subject to fluctuations in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include actual or anticipated variations in our operational results and cash flows, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, trading volume, large purchases or sales of our common stock, market conditions within the banking industry, the general state of the securities markets and the market for stocks of financial institutions, as well as general economic conditions. In addition, if the Company’s common stock ceases to be included in the Russell 2000 index, which is reconstituted in June of each year, this could result in decreased liquidity in, and demand for, our common stock, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
A reduction in our credit rating could adversely affect our access to capital and could increase our cost of funds.
A credit rating agency regularly evaluates the Parent Company and the Bank, and credit ratings are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and ability to generate earnings, as well as factors not entirely within our control, including conditions affecting the financial services industry, the economy, and changes in rating methodologies. There can be no assurance that we will maintain our current credit ratings. A downgrade of the credit ratings of the Parent Company or the Bank could adversely affect our access to liquidity and capital, and could significantly increase our cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements, and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to us or purchase our securities. This could affect our growth, profitability, and financial condition, including liquidity.
General Risk Factors
The COVID-19 pandemic may continue to adversely affect our employees, clients, business and results of operations.
The COVID-19 pandemic has, and may continue to, severely impact the national economy and the regional and local markets in which we operate, lower equity market valuations, create significant volatility and disruption in capital and debt markets, and increase unemployment levels. Although the economy recovered somewhat in 2021, supply chain challenges and workforce shortages have contributed to rising inflationary pressures. Our business operations may be disrupted if significant portions of our workforce are unable to work effectively, including because of illness, quarantines, government actions, or other restrictions in connection with the pandemic. We are subject to heightened cybersecurity, information security and operational risks as a result of work-from-home arrangements that we have put in place for our employees. Government policies and directives relating to the pandemic response are subject to change. Increases in deposit balances due, among other things, to government stimulus and relief programs could adversely affect our financial performance if we are unable to successfully lend or invest those funds. The extent to which the pandemic continues to impact our business is dependent on future developments, including the severity and duration of emerging COVID-19 variants, the availability, effectiveness and distribution of vaccines and other public health measures, and the impact of the pandemic on our employees, clients, vendors, counterparties and service providers, all of which are highly uncertain and difficult to predict.
The Company may not be able to attract and retain skilled people.
Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by us can be intense, and we may not be able to attract and hire sufficiently skilled people to fill open and newly created positions or to retain current or future employees. This competition for talented, skilled and diverse employees has been intensified by the increase in remote and flexible work arrangements, wage pressures and opportunities in the labor market, as well as the national trend of large numbers of employees resigning from their jobs throughout 2021 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which is referred to as the “Great Resignation.” Although the Company has not experienced a significant level of resignations, these trends have resulted in labor shortages in many of the Company’s markets, which has made attracting new employees and replacing existing employees more difficult. An inability to attract and retain individuals with the necessary skills to fill open positions, or the unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel, could have a material adverse impact on our business due to the loss of their skills, knowledge of our markets, years of industry experience or the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.
We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of our management team and our ability to motivate and retain these individuals and other key personnel. The loss of service of one or more of our executive officers or key personnel could delay or reduce our ability to successfully implement our long-term business strategy, our business could suffer, and the value of our stock could be materially adversely affected. Leadership changes will occur from time to time, and we cannot predict whether significant resignations will occur or whether we will be able to recruit additional qualified personnel. We believe our management team possesses valuable knowledge about the banking industry and that their knowledge and relationships could be very difficult to replicate. Our success also depends on the experience of our branch managers and lending officers and on their relationships with the clients and communities they serve. The loss of these key personnel could negatively impact our banking operations. The loss of key personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or operating results.
26

Table of Contents
We could be adversely affected by a failure in our internal controls.
We rely on our employees to design, manage, and operate our systems and controls to assure that we properly enter into, record and manage processes, transactions and other relationships with clients, suppliers and other parties with whom we do business. In some cases, we rely on employees of third parties to perform these tasks. We also depend on employees and the systems and controls for which they are responsible to assure that we identify and mitigate the risks that are inherent in our relationships and activities. When we change processes or procedures, introduce new products or services, or implement new technologies, we may fail to adequately identify or manage operational risks resulting from such changes.
As a result of our necessary reliance on employees, whether ours or those of third parties, we are subject to human vulnerabilities. These range from innocent human error to misconduct or malfeasance, potentially leading to operational breakdowns or other failures. Our controls may not be adequate to prevent problems resulting from human involvement in our business, including risks associated with the design, operation and monitoring of automated systems. Errors by our employees or others responsible for systems and controls on which we depend and any resulting failures of those systems and controls could result in significant harm to us. This could include client remediation costs, regulatory fines or penalties, litigation or enforcement actions, or limitations on our business activities. We could also suffer damage to our reputation, impacting our ability to attract and retain clients and employees.
Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well-designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely affect our earnings.
Reputational risk, or the risk to the Company's earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from the actual or perceived manner in which we conduct our business activities, including banking operations and trust and investment operations, our management of actual or potential conflicts of interest and ethical issues, and our protection of confidential client information. Negative public opinion can adversely affect the Company's ability to keep and attract clients and can expose the Company to litigation and regulatory action. Although we take steps to minimize reputation risk in the way we conduct our business activities and deal with our clients, communities and vendors, these steps may not be effective.
Acts of terrorism, natural disasters, global climate change, pandemics and global conflicts may have a negative impact on our business and operations.
Acts of terrorism, natural disasters, global climate change, pandemics, global conflicts or other similar events could disrupt our operations, result in damage to our properties, reduce or destroy the value of the collateral for our loans and otherwise have a negative impact on our business and operations. While we have in place business continuity plans, such events could still damage our facilities, disrupt or delay the normal operations of our business (including communications and technology), result in harm to, or cause travel limitations on, our employees, and have a similar impact on our clients, suppliers, third-party vendors and counterparties. These events also could impact us negatively to the extent that they result in reduced capital markets activity, lower asset price levels, or disruptions in general economic activity in the U.S. or abroad, or in financial market settlement functions. In addition, these or similar events may impact economic growth negatively, which could have an adverse effect on our business and operations, and may have other adverse effects on us in ways that we are unable to predict.
Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our shareholders.
Provisions of Pennsylvania law and provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us or have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire control of us, even if a merger might be in the best interest of our shareholders. Our articles of incorporation authorize our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without shareholder approval and such preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. These and other provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us.

ITEM 1B – UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

27

Table of Contents
ITEM 2 – PROPERTIES
Our principal executive offices are located at 77 East King Street, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania, with additional executive and administrative offices at 4750 Lindle Road, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. These facilities are owned by the Bank, which also maintains its principal and additional executive and administrative offices at those locations.
We own or lease other premises for use in conducting our business activities, including bank branches, an operations center, and offices in Cumberland, Dauphin, Franklin, Lancaster, and Perry Counties, Pennsylvania and Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Howard, and Washington Counties, Maryland. We believe that the properties currently owned and leased are adequate for present levels of operation. We are constantly evaluating the best and most efficient mix of branch locations to service our clients due to evolving trends in our industry and increased client engagement through digital channels.
In January 2020, Orrstown consolidated five Pennsylvania branches in Franklin and Perry Counties that averaged less than $20.0 million in deposits per location into other, larger Bank branches and sold an operation's center facility in the second quarter of 2020. These efforts improved the profitability of the remaining branch locations and eliminated close to 50,000 square feet of excess back office space. In the first quarter of 2021, the Company consolidated an additional six branch locations, discontinued three loan production offices, and reduced its back-office real estate, which reduced approximately 27,000 square feet.

ITEM 3 – LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Information regarding legal proceedings is included in Note 23, Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statement and Supplementary Data."

ITEM 4 – MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
28

Table of Contents
PART II

ITEM 5 – MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ORRF.” At the close of business on March 7, 2022, there were 2,938 shareholders of record.
The Board declared cash dividends of $0.74 and $0.68 per common share in 2021 and 2020, respectively. Although the Company cannot guarantee the amount of future dividend payments, the Board understands the importance of the dividend to our shareholders and is committed to paying regular cash dividends; however, there can be no assurance as to future dividends because they are dependent on our future earnings, capital requirements and financial condition. Restrictions on the payment of dividends are discussed in Note 17, Shareholders' Equity and Regulatory Capital, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data." On January 19, 2022, the Board declared a cash dividend of $0.19 per common share, which was paid on February 8, 2022, to shareholders of record as of February 1, 2022.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
Information regarding the Company's equity compensation plans is included in Part III, Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
(a)(b)(c)(d)
PeriodTotal number of shares (or units) purchasedAverage price paid per share (or unit)Total number of shares (or units) purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programsMaximum number (or approximate dollar value) of shares (or units) that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs
October 1, 2021 to October 31, 2021— $— — 776,482 
November 1, 2021 to November 30, 2021— — — 776,482 
December 1, 2021 to December 31, 202132,652 24.17 32,652 743,830 
Total32,652 $24.17 32,652 
In September 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a share repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to 5% of the Company's outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately 416,000 shares, in accordance with all applicable securities laws and regulations, including Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act. On April 19, 2021, the Board of Directors authorized the additional future repurchase of up to 562,000 shares of its outstanding common stock. When and if appropriate, repurchases may be made in open market or privately negotiated transactions, depending on market conditions, regulatory requirements and other corporate considerations, as determined by management. Share repurchases may not occur and may be discontinued at any time. For the three months and full year ended December 31, 2021, the Company repurchased 32,652 and 79,490 shares of its common stock at an average price of $24.17 per share and $23.38, respectively. At December 31, 2021, 234,170 shares had been repurchased under the program at a total cost of $4.5 million, or $19.08 per share. Common stock available for future repurchase totals approximately 743,830 shares, or 7% of the Company's outstanding common stock at December 31, 2021.



29

Table of Contents
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The performance graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock with other indexes: the S&P U.S. SmallCap Banks index of banks with assets between $1.0 billion and $5.0 billion, the S&P 500 Index, and the NASDAQ Composite index. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on December 31, 2016 and reinvestment of dividends on the date of payment without commissions. Shareholder returns on our common stock are based on trades on the NASDAQ Stock Market. The performance graph represents past performance and should not be considered to be an indication of future performance.

orrf-20211231_g1.jpg

 Period Ending
Index12/31/1612/31/1712/31/1812/31/1912/31/2012/31/21
Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.100.00 114.73 84.51 108.05 82.57 130.04 
S&P U.S. SmallCap Bank Index100.00 104.33 87.06 109.22 99.19 138.09 
S&P 500 Index100.00 121.83 116.49 153.17 181.35 233.41 
NASDAQ Composite Index100.00 129.64 125.96 172.18 249.51 304.85 
Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence © 2022
In accordance with the rules of the SEC, this section captioned “Performance Graph” shall not be incorporated by reference into any of our future filings made under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act. The Performance Graph and its accompanying table are not deemed to be soliciting material or to be considered filed under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
The Company has not, within the past three years, sold any equity securities, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

ITEM 6 – [RESERVED]

30

Table of Contents
ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis is intended to assist readers in understanding the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company and should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain prior period amounts presented in this discussion and analysis have been reclassified to conform to current period classifications.
Overview
The results of our operations are highly dependent on economic conditions and market interest rates. Our profitability for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was influenced by our continued organic growth and ongoing expansion into targeted markets, the acquisitions of Mercersburg and Hamilton, and a continued focus on maintaining strong asset quality. The Company's financial results in 2021 and 2020 reflected the significant impact of the SBA PPP fee income of $16.8 million and $10.9 million, respectively. These and other matters are discussed more fully below.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized charges associated with the consolidation of six branch locations, the discontinuance of three loan production offices, a reduction in back-office real estate and staffing reductions. These actions were initiated due to evolving client preferences for the digital delivery of products and services. The cost reductions resulting from these actions and the consolidation of five branches earlier in 2020, enabled the Company to invest in technology and people to facilitate its continued growth. A charge of $1.6 million was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2020, which included $1.3 million related to branch consolidations.

Critical Accounting Estimates
The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, and follow general practices within the financial services industry. The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data." In applying those accounting policies, the Company's management is required to exercise judgment in determining many of the methodologies, assumptions and estimates to be utilized. Certain of the critical accounting estimates are more dependent on such judgment and, in some cases, may contribute to volatility in our reported financial performance should the assumptions and estimates used change over time due to changes in circumstances. Some of the more significant areas in which the Company's management applies critical assumptions and estimates include the following:
Accounting for loan losses — The loan portfolio is the largest asset on the Company's balance sheet. The allowance for loan losses represents the amount that, in management’s judgment, appropriately reflects credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. A provision for loan losses is recorded to adjust the level of the ALL as deemed necessary by management. In estimating losses inherent in the loan portfolio, assumptions and judgment are applied to measure amounts and timing of expected future cash flows, collateral values and other factors used to determine the borrowers’ abilities to repay its obligations. Historical loss trends are also considered, as are economic conditions, industry trends, portfolio trends and borrower-specific financial data. Loans acquired at a discount, that is, in part, attributable to credit quality, are initially recorded at fair value with no carry-over of an acquired entity’s previously established ALL. Cash flows expected at acquisition, in excess of estimated fair value, are recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. Subsequent decreases in the expected principal cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for additions to the ALL. Subsequent improvements in expected cash flows result, first, in the recovery of any applicable ALL and, then, in the recognition of additional interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. Changes in the circumstances considered when determining management’s estimates and assumptions could result in changes to those estimates and assumptions and also in adjustment of the ALL, or, in the case of loans acquired at a discount, increases in interest income in future periods. The Company has delayed the implementation of ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The implementation deadline of ASU 2016-13 was extended for smaller reporting and other companies until the fiscal year and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company will implement ASU 2016-13 effective January 1, 2023. We expect to recognize a one-time cumulative-effect adjustment to the allowance for credit losses as of the date of adoption of the new standard.
Accounting for income taxes — The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Due to the complexity of the tax laws, management may make judgments in computing income tax expense, which are subject to varying interpretations by management and the taxing authorities, and could result in changes upon final determination. Income tax expense is based upon income before taxes, adjusted for the effect of certain tax-exempt income, non-deductible expenses and credits. Temporary differences may occur as a result of certain income and expense items being reported in different periods for financial reporting and tax purposes. Deferred taxes are calculated, using the applicable enacted marginal tax rate, based on the differences between the tax basis and carrying value of the asset or liability on the financial
31

Table of Contents
statement. The Company recognizes, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income. Under FASB ASC 740, the Company must apply a more likely than not probability threshold on its tax positions before a financial statement benefit is recognized. A valuation allowance would be recognized if any deferred tax assets were determined to be more likely than not unrecoverable. See Note 8, Income Taxes, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplemental Data," to the consolidated financial statements for details on our income tax expense and deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Valuation methodologies — Management applies various valuation methodologies to assets and liabilities which often involve a significant degree of judgment, particularly when liquid markets do not exist for the particular items being valued. Quoted market prices are referred to when estimating fair values for certain assets, such as most investment securities. However, for those items for which an observable liquid market does not exist, management utilizes significant estimates and assumptions to value such items. Examples of these items include derivatives and mortgage servicing assets. These valuations require the use of various assumptions, including, among others, discount rates, rates of return on assets, repayment rates, cash flows, default rates, costs of servicing and liquidation values. The use of different assumptions could produce significantly different results, which could have material positive or negative effects on our results of operations, financial condition or disclosures of fair value information. In addition to valuation, the Company must assess whether there are any declines in value below the carrying value of certain assets that should be considered other than temporary or otherwise require an adjustment in carrying value and recognition of a loss in the consolidated statements of income. Examples include investment securities, mortgage servicing rights, goodwill and core deposit intangible assets.
Readers of the Company's consolidated financial statements should be aware that the estimates and assumptions used may need to be updated in future financial presentations for changes in circumstances, business or economic conditions, in order to fairly represent the condition of the Company at that time.
Economic Climate, Inflation and Interest Rates
Preliminary real GDP for the fourth quarter of 2021 reflected an annualized increase of 7.0%. This is an increase from the third quarter 2021 growth rate of 2.3% and annualized growth of 4.3% for the fourth quarter of 2020. The increase in the fourth quarter was driven by increases in private inventory investment, exports including travel, personal consumption expenditures within healthcare, recreation and transportation, and nonresidential fixed investments in intellectual property products, partially offset by decreases in government spending. Restrictions and disruptions continued due to COVID-19 cases throughout the country. There were decreases in government assistance payments as many federal programs expired or were tapered. For the year 2021, real GDP increased 5.7% compared to a 3.4% decrease in 2020. Although there has been a strong economic recovery in 2021, increased COVID-19 cases, inclusive of the new delta and omicron variants, resulted in labor shortages and an increase in inflation.
The national unemployment rate declined to 3.9% in December 2021, down from 4.8% in September 2021 and from 6.7% in December 2020. There were notable job gains in leisure and hospitality, education, professional and business services, retail trade and transportation and warehousing during the year. The personal consumption expenditures ("PCE") price index increased 6.5% in the fourth quarter of 2021, compared with an increase of 5.3% in the third quarter of 2021. For the full 2021 year, the PCE price index increased 3.9% compared to an increase of 1.2% in 2020.
Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, market interest rates had declined significantly, with the 10-year Treasury bond falling for the first time below 1.00% on March 3, 2020; it was at 0.93% on December 31, 2020 and has since recovered to 1.51% as of December 31, 2021. In 2020, in reaction to the increase in market uncertainty, the FRB cut the Fed Funds rates by 150 basis points to 0.25%. In its most recent meeting in January 2022, the Federal Reserve Open Markets Committee left the Fed Funds rate unchanged; however, with inflation elevating and the labor market recovering, the Committee expects that it will be appropriate to raise the target range for the Fed Funds rate. In December 2021, the Committee forecasted at least three 25 basis point rate increases in 2022 and noted that it expects to conclude its asset purchase program as early as March 2022.
It is unknown how long the adverse conditions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic and the evolution of new variants will continue and what the complete financial effect will be to the Company. It is reasonably foreseeable that estimates made in the financial statements could be materially and adversely impacted in the near term as a result of these conditions, including expected credit losses on loans and the fair value of financial instruments that are carried at fair value.
The majority of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature, and therefore, differ greatly from most commercial and industrial companies that have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories. However, inflation does have an impact to the Company on the growth of total assets and on noninterest expenses, which tend to rise during
32

Table of Contents
periods of general inflation. Risks also exist due to supply and demand imbalances, job growth, geopolitical tensions and uncertainty on the course of the COVID-19 virus.
As the Company’s balance sheet consists primarily of financial instruments, interest income and interest expense are greatly influenced by the level of interest rates and the slope of the yield curve, as well as the mix of assets and funding. The Company has been able to grow its net interest income by $3.4 million from 2020 to 2021 through the recognition of SBA PPP processing fee income, organic commercial loan growth and a reduction in the cost of funds. Competition for quality lending opportunities and deposits remains intense, which, together with a flattening yield curve, will continue to challenge the Company's ability to grow its net interest margin and to manage its overhead expenses.

Results of Operations
Summary
Earnings in 2021 reflected an increase in net interest income from SBA PPP processing fee recognition, the impact of commercial loan growth, reductions in the cost of funds and a decrease in the provision for loan loss expense.
The Company recorded net income of $32.9 million, $26.5 million and $16.9 million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Diluted earnings per share totaled $2.96, $2.40 and $1.61 for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Net interest income totaled $87.0 million, $83.6 million and $69.3 million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, principally reflecting our expanded geographic footprint, organic growth in commercial loans from an expanded sales force as we continued to take advantage of market opportunities, and SBA PPP processing fee income. As previously noted, interest rates increased during 2019, but decreased throughout 2020, contributing to reductions in yields on loans and investment securities and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
Asset quality trends continued to exhibit low levels of charge-offs and non-performing loans. The provision for loan losses totaled $1.1 million, $5.3 million and $900 thousand in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In 2021, improvement in borrowers' performances and the economic recovery resulted in a reduction in certain qualitative factors, and the COVID-19 related factor. The increase in provision for loan losses in 2020 was primarily a result of increased uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Noninterest income totaled $29.2 million, $28.3 million and $28.5 million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase from 2020 to 2021 included increases of $1.7 million in wealth management income, $706 thousand in interchange income, $635 thousand in mortgage banking activities, and investment securities gains of $654 thousand due to the sales of $148.4 million of investments securities during 2021. These increases in 2021 were partially offset by gains on the sale of portfolio loans of $2.8 million recorded in 2020. There were no sales of portfolio loans in 2021.
Noninterest expenses totaled $74.1 million, $74.1 million and $77.3 million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The changes in certain components of noninterest expenses between 2019 and 2020 reflect the Hamilton acquisition, and the Company's continued focus on aligning its talent and locations with its business model. Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $3.9 million from 2019 to 2020 due primarily to Hamilton and $652 thousand from 2020 to 2021 due to key staff additions to facilitate the Company's continued growth. Occupancy and furniture and fixture costs increased $468 thousand from 2019 to 2020 and $330 thousand from 2020 to 2021. In 2020, the Company incurred $1.3 million in pretax branch consolidation expenses, with $9.0 million incurred in 2019 for pretax merger related and branch consolidation expenses. During 2020, the Company recorded a loss of $736 thousand associated with the sale of an operations facility, and recorded a recovery from settlement on a cybersecurity insurance claim of $486 thousand.
Income tax expense totaled $8.0 million, $6.0 million and $2.7 million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, or an effective tax rate of 19.6%, 18.6% and 13.8% respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate is less than the 21% federal statutory rate, principally due to tax-free income, which includes interest income on tax-free loans and securities and income from life insurance policies, federal income tax credits, and the impact of non-tax deductible expenses, including merger related expenses. The difference in the effective tax rate in 2021 from prior years was primarily due to an increase in earnings before income taxes.
33

Table of Contents
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is the primary component of the Company's net income. Interest-earning assets include loans, investment securities and federal funds sold. Interest-bearing liabilities include deposits and borrowed funds.
Net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates, the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the composition of those assets and liabilities. “Net interest spread” and “net interest margin” are two common statistics related to changes in net interest income. Net interest spread represents the difference between the yields earned on interest-earning assets and the rates paid for interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income to average earning asset balances.
The FRB influences the general market rates of interest, including the deposit and loan rates offered by many financial institutions. The Company's loan portfolio is affected by changes in the prime interest rate. In 2019, 25 basis point reductions in the prime rate occurred in August, September and October and the prime rate ended the year at 4.75%. In March 2020, the prime rate was reduced by 150 basis points and ended at 3.25% in 2020. The prime rate remained at that level throughout 2021.
Core deposits are deposits that are stable, lower cost and generally reprice more slowly than other deposits when interest rates change. Core deposits, which exclude certificates of deposit, are typically funds of local clients who also have a borrowing or other relationship with the Bank. The Company is primarily funded by core deposits, with noninterest-bearing demand deposits historically being a significant source of funds. This lower-cost funding base is expected to have a positive impact on our net interest income and net interest margin in a rising interest rate environment. 
The following table presents net interest income, net interest spread and net interest margin on a taxable-equivalent basis for 2021, 2020 and 2019. Taxable-equivalent adjustments are the result of increasing income from tax-free loans and investments by an amount equal to the taxes that would be paid if the income were fully taxable based on a 21% federal corporate tax rate for 2021, 2020 and 2019, reflecting our statutory tax rates for those years.
34

Table of Contents
 202120202019
Average
Balance
Taxable-
Equivalent
Interest
Taxable-
Equivalent
Rate
Average
Balance
Taxable-
Equivalent
Interest
Taxable-
Equivalent
Rate
Average
Balance
Taxable-
Equivalent
Interest
Taxable-
Equivalent
Rate
Assets
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing bank balances$258,834 $353 0.14 %$32,519 $115 0.35 %$57,765 $1,331 2.30 %
Taxable securities372,461 6,622 1.78 438,565 10,458 2.38 436,174 14,538 3.33 
Tax-exempt securities (1)
89,574 3,157 3.52 55,807 1,982 3.55 63,443 2,600 4.10 
Total investment securities462,035 9,779 2.12 494,372 12,440 2.52 499,617 17,138 3.43 
Loans (1)(2)(3)
1,985,350 84,453 4.25 1,928,486 87,900 4.56 1,492,815 75,568 5.06 
Total interest-earning assets2,706,219 94,585 3.50 2,455,377 100,455 4.09 2,050,197 94,037 4.59 
Cash and due from banks30,231 26,954 25,046 
Bank premises and equipment34,545 36,627 40,982 
Other assets143,479 143,919 123,362 
Allowance for loan losses(19,659)(17,030)(14,466)
Total$2,894,815 $2,645,847 $2,225,121 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing demand deposits$1,392,996 $1,287 0.09 %$1,156,292 $4755 0.41 %$920,025 $8,253 0.90 %
Savings deposits202,371 203 0.10 163,133 246 0.15 146,185 296 0.20 
Time deposits (4)
360,264 2,709 0.75 452,298 7,008 1.55 542,513 10,761 1.98 
Total interest-bearing deposits1,955,631 4,199 0.21 1,771,723 12,009 0.68 1,608,723 19,310 1.20 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase22,888 32 0.14 18,064 86 0.48 8,830 113 1.28 
FHLB Advances and other40,589 482 1.19 179,457 1,923 1.07 103,807 2,289 2.21 
Subordinated notes31,931 2,009 6.29 31,874 2,006 6.29 31,842 1,987 6.24 
Total interest-bearing liabilities2,051,039 6,722 0.33 2,001,118 16,024 0.80 1,753,202 23,699 1.35 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits542,952 381,869 234,354 
Other Liabilities38,665 35,960 31,544 
Total Liabilities2,632,656 2,418,947 2,019,100 
Shareholders’ Equity262,159 226,900 206,021 
Total$2,894,815 $2,645,847 $2,225,121 
Taxable-equivalent net interest income / net interest spread87,863 3.17 %84,431 3.29 %70,338 3.24 %
Taxable-equivalent net interest margin3.25 %3.44 %3.43 %
Taxable-equivalent adjustment(889)(824)(1,043)
Net interest income
$86,974 $83,607 $69,295 
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities132 %123 %117 %
NOTES TO ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME:
 (1)Yields and interest income on tax-exempt assets have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis assuming a 21% tax rate.
 (2)Average balances include nonaccrual loans.
 (3)Interest income on loans includes prepayment and late fees.
 (4)For the year ended December 31, 2019, expenses associated with the early redemption of brokered time deposits totaled $0.2 million and increased the cost of funds by five basis points.

35

Table of Contents
The following table presents changes in net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis for 2021, 2020 and 2019 by rate and volume components.
 2021 Versus 2020 Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in
2020 Versus 2019 Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in
Average
Volume
Average
Rate
Total
Average
Volume
Average
Rate
Total
Interest Income
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing bank balances$800 $(562)$238 $(581)$(633)$(1,214)
Taxable securities(1,576)(2,260)(3,836)80 (4,146)(4,066)
Tax-exempt securities1,199 (24)1,175 (313)(306)(619)
Loans2,592 (6,039)(3,447)22,379 (10,068)12,311 
Total interest income3,015 (8,885)(5,870)21,565 (15,153)6,412 
Interest Expense
Interest-bearing demand deposits973 (4,441)(3,468)2,126 (5,652)(3,526)
Savings deposits59 (102)(43)34 (80)(46)
Time deposits(1,426)(2,873)(4,299)(1,786)(1,948)(3,734)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase23 (77)(54)118 (145)(27)
FHLB Advances and other(1,488)47 (1,441)1,672 (2,043)(371)
Subordinated notes4 (1)3 17 19 
Total interest expense(1,855)(7,447)(9,302)2,166 (9,851)(7,685)
Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income$4,870 $(1,438)$3,432 $19,399 $(5,302)$14,097 
Note:The change attributed to volume is calculated by multiplying the average change in average balance by the prior year's
average rate. The remainder is attributable to rate.
2021 versus 2020
In 2021, net interest income increased by $3.4 million, or 4%, compared with 2020. Net interest income for 2021 on a taxable-equivalent basis increased by $3.4 million, or 4%, compared with 2020. The Company’s net interest spread decreased by twelve basis points to 3.17% for 2021 compared with 2020.
The taxable-equivalent yield on interest-earning assets and cost of interest-bearing liabilities both decreased from 2020 to 2021, reflecting a decreasing interest rate environment. Average commercial loans increased in 2021 due to SBA PPP loans and commercial loan production. Average balances in taxable investment securities declined as a result of sales and paydowns. Average interest-bearing liabilities declined due to decreased average balances in time deposits and overnight borrowings.
Taxable-equivalent interest income on loans decreased by $3.4 million, or 4%, from 2020 to 2021. The decline resulted from a decrease of 31 basis points in loan yield from 4.56% in 2020 to 4.25% in 2021 due to a decreasing interest rate environment. The impact of the reduced yield was partially offset by the increase in average loans of $56.9 million, or 3%, which was driven by SBA PPP and commercial loan production. Accretion of purchase accounting adjustments included in interest income was $2.3 million, $2.3 million, and $3.8 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Taxable-equivalent interest income earned on investment securities decreased by $2.7 million, or 21%, from 2020 to 2021, with decreases in both average volume and yield. Average investment securities decreased by $32.3 million, or 7%, and the taxable-equivalent yield decreased by 40 basis points from 2.52% in 2020 to 2.12% in 2021. Sales of taxable securities of $148.4 million between the first and third quarters of 2021 contributed to the decrease in average investment securities. The Company purchased investment securities of $195.0 million during 2021; however, the timing and size of the purchases for the year led to a decrease in the average balance.
Interest expense on deposits and borrowings decreased by $9.3 million from 2020 to 2021, despite an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities of $49.9 million, or 2%. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities declined by 47 basis points from 0.80% in 2020 to 0.33% in 2021 due to deposit rate reductions in the first and third quarters of 2021 combined with the continued maturity of higher yielding certificates of deposit and the repayment and maturities of overnight borrowings.
The average balance of interest-bearing deposits increased by $183.9 million, or 10% from 2020 to 2021. Average interest-bearing demand deposits increased by $236.7 million, or 20%, in 2021. Interest expense for interest-bearing demand
36

Table of Contents
deposits decreased by $3.5 million, with the cost of funds decreasing from 0.41% in 2020 to 0.09% in 2021 as a result of deposit rate reductions during 2021, which resulted in a decrease in interest expense of $4.4 million. Average time deposits decreased $92.0 million, or 20%, in 2021, which reduced interest expense on time deposits by $1.4 million. The cost of time deposits declined by 80 basis points from 1.55% in 2020 to 0.75% in 2021 due to rate reductions.
Interest expense on all borrowings decreased by $1.5 million in 2021 from 2020 due primarily to reduced balances. The average balance of FHLB advances decreased by $138.9 million from 2020 to 2021 due to maturities and repayments, while the average balance of short-term borrowings increased by $4.8 million.
2020 versus 2019
In 2020, net interest income increased by $14.3 million, or 21%, compared with 2019. Net interest income for 2020 on a taxable-equivalent basis increased by $14.1 million, or 20%, compared with 2019. The Company’s net interest spread increased by five basis points to 3.29% for 2020 compared with 2019. Taxable-equivalent yields on interest-earning assets and costs of interest-bearing liabilities both decreased from 2019 to 2020, reflecting increased average balances from SBA PPP loans, organic growth and acquisitions, partially offset by changes in the interest rate environment between years. Other factors impacting the comparison of taxable-equivalent yields between 2019 and 2020 include the effect of purchase accounting related to the Hamilton acquisition and the timing of our adjustments to rates paid on interest-bearing deposits in response to market demand.
Taxable-equivalent interest income on loans increased by $12.3 million, or 16%, from 2019 to 2020. The increase resulted from SBA PPP loans originated in 2020, which drove an increase in average loan volume and a decrease in yield, with average loans increasing $435.7 million, or 29%, and yield decreasing 50 basis points from 5.06% in 2019 to 4.56% in 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2020, SBA PPP loans had an average balance of $318.4 million and an average yield of 3.5%. Accretion of purchase accounting adjustments in connection with acquisitions increased interest income by $2.3 million, $3.8 million and $335 thousand in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Taxable-equivalent interest income earned on securities decreased by $4.7 million, or 27%, from 2019 to 2020, with both average volume and yield decreasing. Average securities decreased by $5.2 million, or 1%, and the taxable-equivalent yield decreased from 3.43% in 2019 to 2.52% in 2020. Contributing to the overall decrease in interest income on securities was a decrease in average securities balances of $5.2 million from 2019 to 2020. This was partially offset by declines in the yield on floating rate securities, which fell as the FRB reduced short-term rates by 75 basis points in the second half of 2019 and an additional 150 basis points in the first half of 2020.
Interest expense on deposits and borrowings decreased by $7.7 million from 2019 to 2020, despite an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities of $247.9 million, or 14%. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities declined by 55 basis points from 1.35% in 2019 to 0.80% in 2020 due to a decline in market interest rates. In addition, there was an increase in non-interest bearing liabilities of $147.5 million, or 63%, from 2019 to 2020 due primarily to the funding of SBA PPP loans in 2020.
The Company's ability to attract new deposits in all categories, but in particular interest-bearing demand deposits, resulted in an increase in average interest-bearing deposits totaling $236.3 million, or 26%, in 2020. Interest expense for these deposits decreased by $3.5 million, with the cost of funds decreasing from 0.90% in 2019 to 0.41% in 2020. The decrease was driven by the decreasing market rates from 2019 through 2020 due to the rate decreases commenced by the FRB.
The Company also increased its average FHLB advances in 2020. Borrowings generally have higher interest rates associated with them than interest-bearing deposits. Interest expense on all borrowings decreased $374 thousand in 2020, with average balances decreasing $9.2 million for short-term borrowings while FHLB advances increased $75.7 million. The average rate paid on short-term borrowings decreased from 1.28% in 2019 to 0.48% in 2020 and the average rate paid on FHLB advances decreased from 2.21% in 2019 to 1.07% in 2020.
Provision for Loan Losses
The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $1.1 million, $5.3 million and $900 thousand in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In calculating the provision for loan losses, both quantitative and qualitative factors, including the Company's favorable historical charge-off data and economic and market conditions, were considered. Commercial loan growth resulted in the determination that provision expense was required in 2021, 2020 and 2019. The increase in provision from 2019 to 2020 was due primarily to the impact of COVID-19 on the Company's loan portfolio as a new qualitative factor was created to address the potential associated risk. The COVID-19 qualitative factor was fully reversed in 2021 based on the sustained performance of the impacted borrowers.
37

Table of Contents
See further discussion in the “Asset Quality” and “Credit Risk Management” sections of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Noninterest Income
The following table compares noninterest income for 2021, 2020 and 2019.
 
202120202019$ Change% Change
2021-20202020-20192021-20202020-2019
Service charges on deposit accounts$3,047 $2,874 $3,404 $173 $(530)6.0 %(15.6)%
Interchange income4,129 3,423 3,281 706 142 20.6 4.3 
Other service charges, commissions and fees671 683 805 (12)(122)(1.8)(15.2)
Swap fee income293 847 1,197 (554)(350)(65.4)(29.2)
Trust and investment management income7,896 6,912 7,255 984 (343)14.2 (4.7)
Brokerage income3,571 2,821 2,426 750 395 26.6 16.3 
Mortgage banking activities5,909 5,274 3,047 635 2,227 12.0 73.1 
Gains on sale of portfolio loans 2,803 — (2,803)2,803 (100.0)100.0 
Income from life insurance2,273 2,261 2,044 12 217 0.5 10.6 
Other income725 427 331 298 96 69.8 29.0 
Subtotal before securities gains (losses)28,514 28,325 23,790 189 4,535 0.7 19.1 
Investment securities gains (losses)638 (16)4,749 654 (4,765)4,087.5 (100.3)
Total noninterest income$29,152 $28,309 $28,539 $843 $(230)3.0 %(0.8)%
2021 versus 2020
Noninterest income increased by $843 thousand from 2020 to 2021. The Company continues to focus on growth in relationship fee-based revenue for commercial and retail clients. The following were significant factors in that net increase: 
Service charges on deposit accounts increased by $173 thousand due to the lifting of fee waivers implemented in 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic and increased deposit account activity associated with the re-opening of the economy in the second quarter of 2021.
Interchange income increased by $706 thousand due to increased consumer spending upon the re-opening of the economy, expanded distribution of debit cards by the Bank and increased usage by consumers.
Swap fee income decreased by $554 thousand due to reduced interest from potential clients in a low interest rate environment.
Wealth management income, which includes both trust and investment management income and brokerage income, grew to $11.5 million, an increase of $1.7 million, from 2020 to 2021. Strong market conditions and the addition of new clients continue to drive growth in the wealth management business. Assets under management have increased by $149.1 million to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2021 from $1.7 billion at December 31, 2020.
Mortgage banking income increased by $635 thousand from 2020 to 2021 due primarily to mortgage servicing right valuation allowance reversals in 2021, partially offset by reduced gains on sale in 2021. There was higher refinancing activity during 2020 and into the first half of 2021. Due to market conditions, the margins and production declined, which resulted in a reduced pipeline at December 31, 2021. Mortgage loans sold totaled $200.8 million in 2021 compared with $205.2 million in 2020, and as of December 31, 2021, the Bank serviced $502.5 million of residential mortgage loans, which is up by $61.4 million from December 31, 2020.
Gains on sale of portfolio loans decreased by $2.8 million from 2020 to 2021. During 2020, the Bank recorded $2.8 million in gains due to the sale of $10.9 million of classified loans for a net gain of $2.5 million and the sale of an $11.0 million portfolio of recreational vehicle loans for a gain of $314 thousand.
Other income increased by $298 thousand from 2020 to 2021 primarily due to gains recorded on the sales of two shuttered properties in 2021.
Investment securities gains increased by $654 thousand from 2020 to 2021. During 2021, the Company recorded net investment securities gains of $638 thousand from the sales of $148.4 million of commercial mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities. There were no sales of debt securities during 2020.
38

Table of Contents
2020 versus 2019
Noninterest income decreased by $230 thousand from 2019 to 2020. The Company continues to focus on growth in relationship fee-based revenue for commercial and retail clients. The following were significant factors in that net decrease: 
A decline of $530 thousand in service charges on deposit accounts reflects the impact of COVID-19, as the Company waived certain fees for a period of time and experienced an overall decline in account usage.
Interchange income reflected an overall increase in our clients' activity and card usage due to COVID-19.
Mortgage banking income increased by $2.2 million due to an increase in loans sold to $205.2 million in 2020 from $106.7 million in 2019 as interest rate declines led to significant refinancing activity.
Swap fee income declined by $350 thousand from 2019 to 2020. In 2020, the Bank began entering into interest rate swap agreements directly with its commercial customers. This offering replaced the third-party swap transactions initiated in the prior year. This fee revenue will fluctuate from quarter to quarter, but client demand to fix loan interest rates declined slightly in the current rate environment.
Trust and brokerage income reflected increased revenue from strong stock market performance.
Income from life insurance included death benefit proceeds of $58 thousand in 2020 and $255 thousand in 2019.
During 2020, the Bank recorded $2.8 million in gains due to the sale of $10.9 million of classified loans for a net gain of $2.5 million and the sale of an $11.0 million portfolio of recreational vehicle loans for a gain of $314 thousand.
There was a decline of $4.8 million in investment gains from 2019 to 2020 due to prior year asset/liability management strategies, which resulted in net gains of $4.8 million on sales of securities, as market conditions presented opportunities to improve responsiveness of the portfolio to interest rate conditions.
Noninterest Expenses
The following table compares noninterest expenses for 2021, 2020 and 2019.
    $ Change% Change
2021202020192021-20202020-20192021-20202020-2019
Salaries and employee benefits$44,002 $43,350 $39,495 $652 $3,855 1.5 %9.8 %
Occupancy 4,731 4,760 4,325 (29)435 (0.6)10.1 
Furniture and equipment5,115 4,756 4,723 359 33 7.5 0.7 
Data processing4,061 3,574 3,599 487 (25)13.6 (0.7)
Automated teller machine and interchange fees1,202 1,057 1,015 145 42 13.7 4.1 
Advertising and bank promotions2,178 1,660 1,967 518 (307)31.2 (15.6)
FDIC insurance816 686 367 130 319 19.0 86.9 
Other professional services2,555 3,120 2,954 (565)166 (18.1)5.6 
Directors' compensation865 921 1,003 (56)(82)(6.1)(8.2)
Taxes other than income1,321 1,144 1,018 177 126 15.5 12.4 
Intangible asset amortization1,275 1,569 1,570 (294)(1)(18.7)(0.1)
Merger related and branch consolidation expenses 1,310 8,964 (1,310)(7,654)(100.0)(85.4)
Insurance claim (recovery) receivable write off (486)615 486 (1,101)(100.0)(179.0)
Other operating expenses6,020 6,659 5,685 (639)974 (9.6)17.1 
Total noninterest expenses$74,141 $74,080 $77,300 $61 $(3,220)0.1 %(4.2)%

39

Table of Contents
2021 versus 2020
Noninterest expenses increased by $61 thousand from 2020 to 2021. The following were significant factors within that net increase:  
Salaries and employee benefit expense increased by $652 thousand due primarily to performance-based incentive compensation earned from strong individual production, the Company exceeding targets and other employee incentives. There were also additions to staff in 2021. The impact of these items was partially offset by a decrease in employee medical benefits that resulted from favorable claims history.
Data processing expense increased by $487 thousand due primarily to increased core system costs, investments in new technology and trust data processing activity.
Advertising and bank promotions increased by $518 thousand due to increased marketing efforts to promote our commitment to the new round of SBA PPP funding in early 2021, followed by increased advertising and promotions in the post-pandemic environment.
FDIC insurance expense increased by $130 thousand due to increases in the FDIC assessment base driven by the rise in the Bank's average total assets in 2021, an increase in the assessment rate due to commercial loan growth and credits received in 2020 that did not recur in 2021.
Professional services decreased by $565 thousand due to higher legal costs incurred in 2020 in connection with the reimbursement of the Company's underwriters in connection with the SEPTA litigation.
Taxes other than income increased by $177 thousand due to an increase in the Pennsylvania Bank Shares Tax expense that was impacted by an increase in the Bank's total equity balance.
Intangible asset amortization decreased by $294 thousand principally due to the elimination of a customer intangible associated with the discontinuance of Wheatland on July 31, 2020 and full amortization of a covenant not to compete in 2020.
Branch consolidation expenses were $1.3 million in 2020 related to the branch and loan product office consolidations. There were no similar charges in 2021.
In 2020, the Company recorded $486 thousand of refunds received from an insurance company related to a 2018 cyber security incident. There were no such refunds in 2021.
Other operating expenses decreased by $639 thousand from 2020 to 2021. The reserve for unfunded commitments was reduced by $454 thousand in 2021 due to reductions in qualitative factors, which were previously elevated due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Also in 2021, certain loss rate assumptions were reduced following a review of historical loss and line utilization experience. In 2020, there was a write-down of $544 thousand in the carrying value of a property held for sale and an impairment charge of $152 thousand on a customer list intangible asset due to the discontinuance of Wheatland. These did not recur in 2021. Partially offsetting these expense reductions was a loss of $514 thousand in 2021 as compared to a gain of $226 thousand in 2020 from the termination of cash flow hedge derivatives. Other normal fluctuations are in the ordinary course of business.
2020 versus 2019
Noninterest expenses decreased by $3.2 million from 2019 to 2020. The following were significant factors in that net decrease:  
The salaries and employee benefit increase includes the impact in 2020 of additional employees, including new client-facing employees in new branches in targeted expansion markets and others that were hired throughout 2019, as well as additional new relationship managers. Higher costs in 2020 also include annual merit and incentive compensation increases in 2020, increased stock compensation expense from additional share-based awards granted in 2020, and higher medical costs for claims activity and the expanded workforce.
Occupancy expense in 2020 reflects a full period of expense for our expanded presence in Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, with two branch banking locations added in the first quarter of 2019. In addition, lease termination costs of $588 thousand were recognized in 2020 as a part of the Company's restructuring plan.
Advertising and bank promotions expense declined from 2019 to 2020 due to additional costs incurred in 2019 for the celebration of the Bank's 100th anniversary year, as well as marketing associated with the acquisitions.
FDIC insurance expense reflects credits received in the second half of 2019 under the FDIC's regulations to provide credits, when the reserve ratio reaches 1.38%, to banks with consolidated assets below $10 billion. FDIC insurance expense increased in 2020 after the remaining credits were used to partially offset first quarter 2020 expense.
40

Table of Contents
In 2020, branch consolidation costs totaled $1.3 million and there were no merger related costs. These costs primarily represented lease termination costs. Merger related costs incurred in 2019 totaled $8.0 million. In the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company recorded $1.0 million in expenses associated with the announced consolidation of five branches into other, larger Bank branches, which was completed in January 2020. The expenses principally represented owned real estate write downs, lease termination costs, severance benefits for impacted employees and other branch exit related expenses.
The insurance claim receivable (recovery) write off relates to an expense recorded in 2019 to write off an insurance claim receivable from a 2018 cyber security incident, net of an initial insurance reimbursement. In 2019, the Company received reimbursement totaling $59 thousand for the write off. In February 2020, the Company received an additional $486 thousand reimbursement from the insurance company in a final settlement of the matter.
Other line items within noninterest expenses are generally attributable to normal fluctuations in the ordinary course of business.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense totaled $8.0 million, $6.0 million and $2.7 million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The effective tax rate for 2021 was 19.6% compared with 18.6% for 2020 and 13.8% for 2019. Generally, the Company’s effective tax rate is less than the 21% federal statutory rate, principally due to tax-free income, which includes interest income on tax-free loans and investment securities and income from life insurance policies, federal income tax credits, and the impact of non-tax deductible expenses, including merger related expenses. The differences in the effective tax rate in 2021 and 2020 from prior years was primarily due to higher levels of pre-tax income. In 2019, the Company's effective tax rate included benefits realized from a $185 thousand expense reduction related to a favorable tax law clarification on the treatment of life insurance assets of an acquired entity, as well as a $334 thousand expense reduction related to an increase in deferred state income taxes due to a state tax rate change resulting from the Hamilton acquisition.
Note 8, Income Taxes, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," includes a reconciliation of our federal statutory tax rate to the Company's effective tax rate, which is a meaningful comparison between years and measures income tax expense as a percentage of pretax income.

Financial Condition
Management devotes substantial time to overseeing the investment of funds in loans and securities and the formulation of policies directed toward the profitability and management of the risks associated with these investments.
Investment Securities
The Company utilizes available for sale securities to manage interest rate risk, to enhance income through interest and dividend income, to provide liquidity and to collateralize certain deposits and borrowings.
The Company has established investment policies and an asset management policy to assist in administering its investment portfolio. Decisions to purchase or sell these securities are based on economic conditions and management’s strategy to respond to changes in interest rates, liquidity, pledges to secure deposits and repurchase agreements and other factors while trying to maximize return on the investments. The Company may segregate its investment portfolio into three categories: “securities held to maturity,” “trading securities” and “securities available for sale.” At December 31, 2021 and 2020, management has classified the entire investment securities portfolio as available for sale, which is accounted for at current market value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in OCI, net of income taxes.
The Company's investment securities portfolio includes debt investments that are subject to varying degrees of credit and market risks, which arise from general market conditions, and factors impacting specific industries, as well as news that may impact specific issues. Management monitors its debt securities, using various indicators in determining whether a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired, including the amount of time the security has been in an unrealized loss position, and the cause and extent of the unrealized loss. In addition, management assesses whether it is likely we will have to sell the security prior to recovery, or if we are able to hold the security until the price recovers. For those debt securities in which management concludes the security is other-than-temporarily impaired, it recognizes the credit component of an OTTI impairment in earnings and the remaining portion in OCI. The Company did not record any OTTI expense in 2021, 2020 or 2019.
41

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the fair value of available for sale securities at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
 
202120202019
U.S. Treasury securities$19,702 $— $— 
States and political subdivisions193,370 112,670 87,863 
GSE residential MBS40,726 4,293 — 
GSE residential CMOs65,922 58,011 68,154 
Non-agency CMOs29,698 16,918 17,087 
Private label commercial CMOs 62,236 86,629 
Asset-backed122,621 211,966 230,515 
Other399 371 637 
Total investment securities$472,438 $466,465 $490,885 
The Company increased its investment portfolio at December 31, 2021; however, the average balance of the investment securities decreased from $494.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $462.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.
In 2020, management planned for the loan portfolio to continue to grow and, in part, be funded by monthly cash flows from asset-backed securities and CMOs. In 2021, the Company sold $148.4 million of commercial MBS and asset-backed securities, which were offset by purchases of GSE residential MBS, non-agency CMOs, municipal securities and United States Treasury notes of $195.0 million. Due to improvements in the capital markets, the Company strategically exited its private label commercial CMO portfolio. The external environment, with tightening credit spreads, presented an opportunity to execute these sales in March 2021. Proceeds from the sales were deployed into agency-backed securities and taxable municipal bonds given the elevated level of liquidity. In September 2021, the Company sold certain asset-backed securities to reduce the risk profile of the investment portfolio and improve yields based on the market conditions and interest rate environment.

42

Table of Contents
The following table shows the maturities of investment securities at book value at December 31, 2021, and weighted average yields of such investment securities. Yields are shown on a tax equivalent basis, assuming a 21% federal income tax rate.
 
Within 1
year
After 1 year
but within 5
years
After 5 years
but within
10 years
After 10
years
Total
U.S. Treasury securities
Book value$ $ $20,084 $ $20,084 
Yield % %1.05 % %1.05 %
Average maturity (years)0.10.1
States and political subdivisions
Book value$ $3,133 $58,675 $123,629 $185,437 
Yield %3.48 %3.02 %2.99 %3.01 %
Average maturity (years)4.97.919.715.7
GSE residential mortgage-backed securities
Book value$ $ $ $41,260 $41,260 
Yield % % %0.89 %0.89 %
Average maturity (years)0.40.4
GSE residential CMOs
Book value$ $ $ $66,430 $66,430 
Yield % % %1.33 %1.33 %
Average maturity (years)28.628.6
Non-agency CMOs
Book value$ $ $5,037 $25,639 $30,676 
Yield % %2.39 %2.38 %2.38 %
Average maturity (years)6.033.428.9
Asset-backed
Book value$ $695 $ $121,825 $122,520 
Yield %4.84 % %0.96 %0.98 %
Average maturity (years)4.122.021.9
Other
Book value$ $249 $ $150 $399 
Yield %2.45 % % %1.53 %
Average maturity (years)1.41.4
Total
Book value$ $4,077 $83,796 $378,933 $466,806 
Yield %3.65 %2.51 %1.78 %1.92 %
Average maturity (years)4.67.425.321.9

The average maturity is based on the contractual terms of the debt or mortgage-backed securities, and does not factor in required repayments or anticipated prepayments. At December 31, 2021, the weighted average estimated life is 34 years for mortgage-backed and CMO securities, and 22 years for asset-backed securities, based on current interest rates and anticipated prepayment speeds.

43

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the credit ratings and collateral associated with the Company's available for sale security portfolio, excluding equity securities, at December 31, 2021:
SectorPortfolio MixAmortized BookFair ValueCredit EnhancementAAAAAABBBNRCollateral Type
Unsecured ABS%$7,458 $7,489 33 %— %— %— %— %100 %Unsecured Consumer Debt
Student Loan ABS8,785 8,762 26 — — — — 100 Seasoned Student Loans
Federal Family Education Loan ABS21 99,631 99,702 85 15 — — — 
Federal Family Education Loan (1)
PACE Loan ABS3,591 3,636 100 — — — — 
PACE Loans (4)
Non-Agency RMBS25,639 24,661 31 45 — — — 55 
Reverse Mortgages (2)
Municipal - General Obligation20 92,895 97,696 86 — — 
Municipal - Revenue20 92,542 95,674 — 73 16 — 11 
SBA ReRemic (5)
8,092 8,068 — 100 — — — 
SBA Guarantee (3)
Agency MBS23 107,690 106,649 — 100 — — — 
Residential Mortgages (3)
U.S. Treasury securities20,084 19,702 — 100 — — — 
Bank CDs— 249 249 — — — — 100 FDIC Insured CD
100 %$466,656 $472,288 23 %64 %%— %%
(1) Minimum of 97% guaranteed by U.S. government
(2) Reverse mortgages fund over time and credit enhancement is estimated based on prior experience.
(3) 100% guaranteed by U.S. government agencies
(4) PACE acronym represents Property Assessed Clean Energy loans
(5) SBA ReRemic acronym represents Re-Securitization of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits
Note: Ratings in table are the lowest of the six rating agencies (Standard & Poor's, Moody's, Morningstar, DBRS, KBRA and Fitch). Standard & Poor's rates U.S. government obligations at AA+
Loan Portfolio
The Company offers a variety of products to meet the credit needs of its borrowers, principally commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, retail loans secured by residential properties, and to a lesser extent, installment loans. No loans are extended to non-domestic borrowers or governments.
Generally, the Bank is permitted under applicable law to make loans to single borrowers (including certain related persons and entities) in aggregate amounts of up to 15% of the sum of total capital and excess ALL not included in Tier 2 capital. The Bank’s legal lending limit to one borrower was $38.0 million at December 31, 2021. No borrower had an outstanding exposure exceeding the limit at year-end.
The risks associated with lending activities differ among loan classes and are subject to the impact of changes in interest rates, market conditions of collateral securing the loans and general economic conditions. Any of these factors may adversely impact a borrower’s ability to repay loans, and also impact the associated collateral. A further discussion on the classes of loans the Company makes and related risks is included in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 4, Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
44

Table of Contents
The following table presents the loan portfolio, excluding residential LHFS, by segments and classes at December 31st.
 
20212020201920182017
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$238,668 $174,908 $170,884 $129,650 $116,811 
Non-owner occupied551,783 409,567 361,050 252,794 244,491 
Multi-family93,255 113,635 106,893 78,933 53,634 
Non-owner occupied residential106,112 114,505 120,038 100,367 77,980 
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction12,279 9,486 15,865 7,385 11,730 
Commercial and land development93,925 51,826 41,538 42,051 19,251 
Commercial and industrial (1)
485,728 647,368 214,554 160,964 115,663 
Municipal14,989 20,523 47,057 50,982 42,065 
Residential mortgage:
First lien198,831 244,321 336,372 235,296 162,509 
Home equity – term6,081 10,169 14,030 12,208 11,784 
Home equity – lines of credit160,705 157,021 165,314 143,616 132,192 
Installment and other loans17,630 26,361 50,735 33,411 21,902 
Total loans$1,979,986 $1,979,690 $1,644,330 $1,247,657 $1,010,012 
(1) Includes $189.9 million and $403.3 million of SBA PPP loans, net of deferred fees and costs, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The loan portfolio at December 31, 2021 increased by $296 thousand from December 31, 2020 due primarily to commercial loan production, which was offset by SBA PPP loan forgiveness of $442.8 million and reductions in mortgage loans and installment and other loans of $54.6 million in 2021. Overall loan growth, excluding SBA PPP loans, was $213.7 million or 14% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020.
From 2019 to 2020, the increase in total loans was due primarily to the origination of SBA PPP loans, which was partially offset by a reduction in mortgage loans resulting from significant refinancing activity in the low interest rate environment. The increase in the loan portfolio from 2018 to 2019 was approximately 75% attributable to loans acquired in the Hamilton transaction. The Mercersburg acquisition in 2018 and Hamilton acquisition in 2019 increased the loan portfolio, principally in the residential mortgage - first lien and commercial real estate - owner and non-owner occupied classes.
The Company's organic growth has occurred in both legacy and newer markets, principally in commercial real estate, but also in commercial and industrial loans as we focused on increasing diversification in the portfolio. The growth in installment and other loans in 2018 and 2019 was principally attributable to purchased automobile financing loans at higher returns than comparable cash flows in the investment securities portfolio.

45

Table of Contents
In addition to monitoring the loan portfolio by loan class as noted above, the Company also monitors concentrations by segment. The Bank’s lending policy reports segment concentrations that exceed 20% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital ("RBC"). The following segments met this criterion at December 31, 2021.
Balance% of Total Loans% of Total RBC
Office Space$219,475 11.1%78.7%
1-4 Family rentals106,112 5.438.1
Hotels & Motels (including B&B)56,277 2.820.2
Loans outside of market area145,747 7.452.3
Multi-Family CRE99,229 5.035.6
Purchased participation64,778 3.323.2
Restaurants & Bars60,835 3.121.8
Senior Housing and Care61,117 3.121.9
Strip centers (retail)106,964 5.438.4
Warehouse87,420 4.431.4
The following table presents expected maturities of loan classes by fixed rate or adjustable-rate categories at December 31, 2021. 
 Due In 
One Year
or Less
One
Year Through
Five Years
Five Years Through 15 Years
After 15 YearsTotal% of Total
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Fixed rate$3,218 $26,771 $73,580 $8,913 $112,482 47 %
Adjustable and floating rate12,443 18,410 86,725 8,608 126,186 53 %
15,661 45,181 160,305 17,521 238,668 100 %
Non-owner occupied
Fixed rate4,769 57,854 107,776 121 170,520 31 %
Adjustable and floating rate11,345 47,793 310,462 11,663 381,263 69 %
16,114 105,647 418,238 11,784 551,783 100 %
Multi-family
Fixed rate 11,608 25,449 67 37,124 40 %
Adjustable and floating rate93 9,724 42,255 4,059 56,131 60 %
93 21,332 67,704 4,126 93,255 100 %
Non-owner occupied residential
Fixed rate623 15,828 14,137 3,358 33,946 32 %
Adjustable and floating rate277 8,970 57,700 5,219 72,166 68 %
900 24,798 71,837 8,577 106,112 100 %
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction
Fixed rate   2,600 2,600 21 %
Adjustable and floating rate8,650 618 411  9,679 79 %
8,650 618 411 2,600 12,279 100 %
46

Table of Contents
Commercial and land development
Fixed rate1,202 4,680 7,419 121 13,422 14 %
Adjustable and floating rate6,959 55,993 10,130 7,421 80,503 86 %
8,161 60,673 17,549 7,542 93,925 100 %
Commercial and industrial
Fixed rate69,407 213,422 56,480 969 340,278 70 %
Adjustable and floating rate69,694 26,470 43,977 5,309 145,450 30 %
139,101 239,892 100,457 6,278 485,728 100 %
Municipal
Fixed rate1,054 3,976 1,661 1,839 8,530 57 %
Adjustable and floating rate 50 4,375 2,034 6,459 43 %
1,054 4,026 6,036 3,873 14,989 100 %
Residential mortgage:
First lien
Fixed rate244 2,448 36,301 100,239 139,232 70 %
Adjustable and floating rate305 370 9,554 49,370 59,599 30 %
549 2,818 45,855 149,609 198,831 100 %
Home equity - term
Fixed rate30 784 3,756 955 5,525 91 %
Adjustable and floating rate 32 170 354 556 9 %
30 816 3,926 1,309 6,081 100 %
Home equity - lines of credit
Fixed rate73 5,826 30,523 8,419 44,841 28 %
Adjustable and floating rate21,231 200 2,369 92,064 115,864 72 %
21,304 6,026 32,892 100,483 160,705 100 %
Installment and other loans
Fixed rate548 10,542 628 33 11,751 67 %
Adjustable and floating rate2,611  3,245 23 5,879 33 %
3,159 10,542 3,873 56 17,630 100 %
$214,776 $522,369 $929,083 $313,758 $1,979,986 

The final maturity is used in the determination of maturity of acquisition and development loans that convert from construction to permanent status. Variable rate loans shown above include semi-fixed loans that contractually will adjust with prime or another variable rate index after the interest lock period, which may be up to 10 years. At December 31, 2021, these semi-fixed loans totaled $446.7 million.
Asset Quality
Risk Elements
The Company’s loan portfolio is subject to varying degrees of credit risk. Credit risk is managed through the Company's underwriting standards, on-going credit reviews, and monitoring of asset quality measures. Additionally, loan portfolio diversification, which limits exposure to a single industry or borrower, and collateral requirements also mitigate the Company's risk of credit loss.
47

Table of Contents
The following table presents the Company’s risk elements and relevant asset quality ratios at December 31 of each of the years set forth below.
 
20212020201920182017
Nonaccrual loans$6,449 $10,310 $10,657 $5,165 $9,843 
OREO — 197 130 961 
Total nonperforming assets6,449 10,310 10,854 5,295 10,804 
Restructured loans still accruing804 934 979 1,132 1,183 
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing (1)
1,201 554 2,232 57 — 
Total nonperforming and other risk assets$8,454 $11,798 $14,065 $6,484 $11,987 
Loans 30-89 days past due$5,925 $10,291 $17,527 $5,186 $5,277 
Asset quality ratios:
Total nonperforming loans to total loans0.33 %0.52 %0.65 %0.41 %0.97 %
Total nonperforming assets to total assets0.23 %0.37 %0.46 %0.27 %0.69 %
Total nonperforming assets to total loans and OREO0.33 %0.52 %0.66 %0.42 %1.07 %
Total risk assets to total loans and OREO0.43 %0.60 %0.86 %0.52 %1.19 %
Total risk assets to total assets0.30 %0.43 %0.59 %0.34 %0.77 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans1.07 %1.02 %0.89 %1.12 %1.27 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans328.42 %195.45 %137.52 %271.33 %130.00 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans and restructured loans still accruing292.02 %179.22 %125.95 %222.55 %116.05 %
(1) Includes $214 thousand and $456 thousand, respectively, of purchased credit impaired loans at December 31, 2021 and 2020. As of December 31, 2021, there was one loan for $891 thousand, which was in the process of collection and guaranteed by the SBA.
The following table provides detail of impaired loans at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
 
 20212020
Nonaccrual
Loans
Restructured
Loans Still
Accruing
Total
Nonaccrual
Loans
Restructured
Loans Still
Accruing
Total
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied$3,763 $ $3,763 $3,232 $28 $3,260 
Non-owner occupied residential
122  122 268 — 268 
Acquisition and development
Commercial and land development   814 — 814 
Commercial and industrial250  250 3,639 — 3,639 
Residential mortgage:
First lien1,831 804 2,635 1,730 898 2,628 
Home equity – term7  7 10 — 10 
Home equity – lines of credit436  436 600 608 
Installment and other loans40  40 17 — 17 
$6,449 $804 $7,253 $10,310 $934 $11,244 

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and foreclosed real estate. Risk assets, which include nonperforming assets and restructured and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing, totaled $8.5 million at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $3.3 million or 28%, from $11.8 million at December 31, 2020. Nonaccrual loans totaled $6.4 million at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $3.9 million from December 31, 2020, which included the payoff of one loan of $2.6 million during the fourth quarter of 2021. The decrease in nonaccrual loan amounts also impacted other asset quality ratios detailed above.
48

Table of Contents
The ALL totaled $21.2 million at December 31, 2021, a $1.0 million increase from $20.2 million at December 31, 2020, resulting from a provision for loan losses of $1.1 million and net charge-offs of $61 thousand for 2021. At December 31, 2021, the ALL is higher as a percentage of the total loan portfolio at 1.07% compared to 1.02% in 2020 and 0.89% in 2019. Commercial loan growth drove provision expense for the year ended December 31, 2021. However, during 2021, the Company fully reversed the prior year's COVID-19 qualitative factor of $2.7 million which partially offset the provision increase from commercial loan growth. In addition. qualitative factors were reduced in the Classified Loans Trends and National and Local Economic Conditions categories, due in part to improved conditions from the pandemic, which were partly offset by an increase in the qualitative factor for Concentrations of Credit caused by significant growth in commercial real estate loans. From December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021, special mention loans decreased $63.6 million and substandard loans decreased $7.2 million. The decrease reflects upgrades to commercial loans that were previously downgraded due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Management believes its coverage ratios are adequate for the risk profile of the loan portfolio given ongoing monitoring of the portfolio and its quantitative and qualitative analysis performed at December 31, 2021. As new information is learned about borrowers or updated appraisals on real estate with lower fair values are obtained, the Company may experience an increase in impaired loans.
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, recoveries of $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $606 thousand, respectively, were credited to the ALL. These recoveries on previously charged-off relationships are the result of successful loan monitoring and workout solutions. Recoveries are difficult to predict, and any additional recoveries that the Company receives will be used to replenish the ALL. Recoveries favorably impact historical charge-off factors, and contribute to changes in the quantitative and qualitative factors used in our allowance adequacy analysis. However, as the loan portfolio continues to grow, future provisions for loan losses may result.
The Company takes partial charge-offs on collateral-dependent loans when carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, as determined by the most recent appraisal adjusted for current (within the quarter) conditions, less costs to dispose. Impairment reserves remain in place if updated appraisals are pending, and represent management’s estimate of potential loss.
The following table presents exposure to relationships with an impaired loan balance, which excludes accruing PCI loans, and the partial charge-offs taken to date and specific reserves established on those relationships at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
 
# of
Relationships
Recorded
Investment
Partial
Charge-offs
to Date
Specific
Reserves
December 31, 2021
Relationships greater than $1 million1 $2,535 $ $ 
Relationships greater than $500 thousand but less than $1 million1 602 17  
Relationships greater than $250 thousand but less than $500 thousand2 601   
Relationships less than $250 thousand63 3,515 303 28 
67 $7,253 $320 $28 
December 31, 2020
Relationships greater than $1 million$5,639 $— $— 
Relationships greater than $500 thousand but less than $1 million1,211 17 — 
Relationships greater than $250 thousand but less than $500 thousand637 — — 
Relationships less than $250 thousand65 3,757 545 33 
71 $11,244 $562 $33 

Internal loan reviews are completed annually on all commercial relationships with a committed loan balance in excess of $1.0 million, which includes confirmation of risk rating by an independent credit officer. In addition, all commercial relationships greater than $500 thousand rated Substandard, Doubtful or Loss are reviewed and corresponding risk ratings are reaffirmed by the Bank's Problem Loan Committee, with subsequent reporting to the Management ERM Committee.
49

Table of Contents
In its individual loan impairment analysis, the Company determines the extent of any full or partial charge-offs that may be required, or any reserves that may be needed. The determination of the Company’s charge-offs or impairment reserve include an evaluation of the outstanding loan balance and the related collateral securing the credit. Through a combination of collateral securing the loans and partial charge-offs taken to date, the Company believes that it has adequately provided for the potential losses that it may incur on these relationships at December 31, 2021. However, over time, additional information may result in increased reserve allocations or, alternatively, it may be deemed that the reserve allocations exceed those that are needed.
The Company’s foreclosed real estate balance at December 31, 2021 was zero for both residential and commercial properties. During 2021, no expense was recorded for the write-down of other real estate owned properties.
In an effort to assist clients which were negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank offered various mitigation options, including a loan payment deferral program. Under this program, most commercial deferrals were for a 90-day period, while most consumer deferrals were for a 180-day period. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had loan deferrals under this program for commercial and consumer clients with a total loan balance of zero and $56 thousand, respectively, compared to $15.7 million and $2.5 million for commercial and consumer clients as of December 31, 2020, respectively. The decrease from 2020 to 2021 reflects the majority of loans exiting COVID-19 modification on the basis of upgraded risk rating, payment status and debt service coverage. In accordance with the revised Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications by Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus issued on April 7, 2020, these deferrals are exempt from TDR status as they meet the specified requirements. Below is a summary of select loan concentrations and the deferrals within those categories at December 31, 2021.
The following table summarizes COVID-19 related modifications, including deferrals and forbearances:
Loan TypeAmount of LoansPercent of Non-PPP Loans
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Commercial$ $15,702  %1.4 %
Consumer Portfolio Loans56 2,504  0.6 
Total Loans$56 $18,206  %1.2 %

Credit Risk Management
Allowance for Loan Losses
The Company maintains the ALL at a level deemed adequate by management for probable incurred credit losses. The ALL is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses which is charged to earnings. On a quarterly basis, management assesses the adequacy of the ALL utilizing a defined methodology which considers specific credit evaluation of impaired loans, historical loss experience and qualitative factors. Management addresses the requirements for loans individually identified as impaired, loans collectively evaluated for impairment, and other bank regulatory guidance in its assessment.
The ALL is evaluated based on review of the collectability of loans in light of historical experience; the nature and volume of the loan portfolio; adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay; estimated value of any underlying collateral; and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. A description of the methodology for establishing the allowance and provision for loan losses and related procedures in establishing the appropriate level of reserve is included in Note 4, Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
50

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the Company’s internal risk ratings at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
 
Pass
Special
Mention
Non-Impaired
Substandard
Impaired -
Substandard
DoubtfulPCI LoansTotal
December 31, 2021
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$219,250 $7,239 $6,087 $3,763 $ $2,329 $238,668 
Non-owner occupied528,010 23,297 166   310 551,783 
Multi-family84,414 8,238 603    93,255 
Non-owner occupied residential102,588 1,065 1,153 122  1,184 106,112 
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction12,279      12,279 
Commercial and land development92,049 1,385 491    93,925 
Commercial and industrial470,579 7,917 4,720 250  2,262 485,728 
Municipal14,989      14,989 
Residential mortgage:
First lien191,386  225 2,635  4,585 198,831 
Home equity – term6,058   7  16 6,081 
Home equity – lines of credit160,203 20 46 436   160,705 
Installment and other loans17,584   40  6 17,630 
$1,899,389 $49,161 $13,491 $7,253 $ $10,692 $1,979,986 
Pass
Special
Mention
Non-Impaired
Substandard
Impaired -
Substandard
DoubtfulPCI LoansTotal
December 31, 2020
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$148,846 $12,491 $7,855 $3,260 $— $2,456 $174,908 
Non-owner occupied351,860 57,378 — — — 329 409,567 
Multi-family92,769 20,224 642 — — — 113,635 
Non-owner occupied residential107,557 3,948 1,422 268 — 1,310 114,505 
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction9,101 385 — — — — 9,486 
Commercial and land development49,832 655 525 814 — — 51,826 
Commercial and industrial617,213 17,561 6,118 3,639 — 2,837 647,368 
Municipal20,523 — — — — — 20,523 
Residential mortgage:
First lien236,381 — — 2,628 — 5,312 244,321 
Home equity – term10,076 — 64 10 — 19 10,169 
Home equity – lines of credit156,264 95 54 608 — — 157,021 
Installment and other loans26,283 — — 17 — 61 26,361 
$1,826,705 $112,737 $16,680 $11,244 $— $12,324 $1,979,690 

Non-Impaired Substandard loans are performing loans, which have characteristics that cause management concern over the ability of the borrower to perform under present loan repayment terms and which may result in the reporting of these loans as nonperforming, or impaired, loans in the future. Generally, management feels that substandard loans that are currently
51

Table of Contents
performing and not considered impaired result in some doubt as to the borrower’s ability to continue to perform under the terms of the loan, and represent potential problem loans. Non-impaired Substandard loans totaled $13.5 million at December 31, 2021.
Additionally, the Special Mention classification is intended to be a temporary classification reflective of loans that have potential weaknesses that may, if not monitored or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Company’s position at some future date. Special mention loans represent an elevated risk, but their weakness does not yet justify a more severe, or classified, rating. These loans require inquiry by lenders on the cause of the potential weakness and, once analyzed, the loan classification may be downgraded to Substandard or, alternatively, could be upgraded to Pass. Special mention loans decreased by $63.6 million from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 due to the recovery in commercial loans previously downgraded due to the economic weakness created by COVID-19, as well as related loan modifications completed in 2020. Any loans with second modifications that are COVID-19 related are classified as special mention.
The following tables, which excludes accruing PCI loans, summarize the average recorded investment in impaired loans and interest income recognized, on a cash basis, and interest income earned but not recognized for years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017.
Average
Impaired
Balance
Interest
Income
Recognized
Interest
Earned
But Not
Recognized
December 31, 2021
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$3,825 $1 $1 
Non-owner occupied  20 
Non-owner occupied residential225  24 
Acquisition and development:
Commercial and land development187   
Commercial and industrial3,030  36 
Residential mortgage:
First lien2,539 43 73 
Home equity – term11   
Home equity – lines of credit521   
Installment and other loans25   
$10,363 $44 $154 
December 31, 2020
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$4,636 $$172 
Non-owner occupied83 — — 
Multi-family205 — — 
Non-owner occupied residential388 — 21 
Acquisition and development:
Commercial and land development641 — 23 
Commercial and industrial1,196 — 20 
Residential mortgage:
First lien2,995 48 92 
Home equity – term11 — 
Home equity – lines of credit692 36 
Installment and other loans25 — 
$10,872 $50 $366 
52

Table of Contents
Average
Impaired
Balance
Interest
Income
Recognized
Interest
Earned
But Not
Recognized
December 31, 2019
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$2,455 $$387 
Non-owner occupied46 — — 
Multi-family152 — 24 
Non-owner occupied residential217 — 21 
Acquisition and development:
Commercial and land development21 — — 
Commercial and industrial683 — 130 
Residential mortgage:
First lien2,582 50 91 
Home equity – term13 — 
Home equity – lines of credit750 64 
Installment and other loans13 — 
$6,932 $54 $720 
December 31, 2018
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$1,495 $$156 
Non-owner occupied1,842 — 236 
Multi-family148 — 20 
Non-owner occupied residential346 — 36 
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction181 — — 
Commercial and land development— 
Commercial and industrial322 — 29 
Residential mortgage:
First lien3,234 59 130 
Home equity – term19 — 
Home equity – lines of credit657 52 
Installment and other loans— 
$8,249 $63 $667 
December 31, 2017
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$1,000 $$114 
Non-owner occupied392 — 10 
Multi-family182 — 19 
Non-owner occupied residential418 — 35 
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction154 — 
Commercial and industrial413 — 25 
Residential mortgage:
First lien4,012 58 136 
Home equity – term61 — 
Home equity – lines of credit488 26 
Installment and other loans10 — 
$7,130 $66 $376 

53

Table of Contents
     The following table summarizes activity in the ALL for years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017.
 CommercialConsumer  
Commercial
Real Estate
Acquisition
and
Development
Commercial
and
Industrial
MunicipalTotal
Residential
Mortgage
Installment
and Other
TotalUnallocatedTotal
December 31, 2021
Balance, beginning of year
$11,151 $1,114 $3,942 $40 $16,247 $3,362 $324 $3,686 $218 $20,151 
Provision for loan losses
710 938 23 (10)1,661 (517)(73)(590)19 1,090 
Charge-offs(293) (663) (956)(92)(70)(162) (1,118)
Recoveries469 10 512  991 32 34 66  1,057 
Balance, end of year
$12,037 $2,062 $3,814 $30 $17,943 $2,785 $215 $3,000 $237 $21,180 
December 31, 2020
Balance, beginning of year
$7,634 $959 $2,356 $100 $11,049 $3,147 $319 $3,466 $140 $14,655 
Provision for loan losses
2,745 146 2,096 (60)4,927 203 117 320 78 5,325 
Charge-offs(3)— (748)— (751)(114)(146)(260)— (1,011)
Recoveries775 238 — 1,022 126 34 160 — 1,182 
Balance, end of year
$11,151 $1,114 $3,942 $40 $16,247 $3,362 $324 $3,686 $218 $20,151 
December 31, 2019
Balance, beginning of year
$6,876 $817 $1,656 $98 $9,447 $3,753 $244 $3,997 $570 $14,014 
Provision for loan losses
515 139 841 1,497 (347)180 (167)(430)900 
Charge-offs(25)— (299)— (324)(386)(155)(541)— (865)
Recoveries268 158 — 429 127 50 177 — 606 
Balance, end of year
$7,634 $959 $2,356 $100 $11,049 $3,147 $319 $3,466 $140 $14,655 
December 31, 2018
Balance, beginning of year
$6,763 $417 $1,446 $84 $8,710 $3,400 $211 $3,611 $475 $12,796 
Provision for loan losses
(442)396 209 14 177 363 165 528 95 800 
Charge-offs(17)(7)— — (24)(148)(292)(440)— (464)
Recoveries572 11 — 584 138 160 298 — 882 
Balance, end of year
$6,876 $817 $1,656 $98 $9,447 $3,753 $244 $3,997 $570 $14,014 
December 31, 2017
Balance, beginning of year
$7,530 $580 $1,074 $54 $9,238 $2,979 $144 $3,123 $414 $12,775 
Provision for loan losses
38 (167)333 30 234 531 174 705 61 1,000 
Charge-offs(835)— (85)— (920)(180)(166)(346)— (1,266)
Recoveries30 124 — 158 70 59 129 — 287 
Balance, end of year
$6,763 $417 $1,446 $84 $8,710 $3,400 $211 $3,611 $475 $12,796 

The following table summarizes asset quality ratios for years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017.
20212020201920182017
Provision for loan losses to net charge-offs (recoveries)1,787 %(3,114)%347 %(191)%102 %
Ratio of ALL to total loans outstanding at December 31
1.07 %1.02 %0.89 %1.12 %1.27 %
54

Table of Contents
The following table details net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans outstanding by loan category for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
20212020
Commercial real estate:
Net recoveries$(176)$(772)
Average loans for the year$880,458 $783,882 
Net recoveries/average loans(0.02)%(0.10)%
Acquisition and development:
Net recoveries(10)(9)
Average loans for the year74,786 57,352 
Net recoveries/average loans(0.01)%(0.02)%
Commercial and industrial:
Net charge-offs151 510 
Average loans for the year604,651 490,671 
Net charge-offs/average loans0.02 %0.10 %
Municipal:
Net charge-offs (recoveries) — 
Average loans for the year16,566 35,455 
Net charge-offs (recoveries)/average loans %— %
Residential mortgage:
Net charge-offs (recoveries)60 (12)
Average loans for the year379,802 468,318 
Net charge-offs (recoveries)/average loans0.02 %— %
Installment and other loans:
Net charge-offs36 112 
Average loans for the year21,706 34,753 
Net charge-offs/average loans0.17 %0.32 %
Total loans:
Net charge-offs (recoveries)$61 $(171)
Average loans for the year$1,977,969 $1,870,431 
Net charge-offs (recoveries)/average loans %(0.01)%
(1) Average loans exclude loans held for sale.
The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $1.1 million, $5.3 million, $900 thousand, $800 thousand and $1.0 million for 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition, in certain cases, loans were successfully worked out with smaller charge-offs than the reserve established on them. From 2017 to 2019, the Company benefited from organic loan portfolio growth and favorable historical charge-off data combined with relatively stable economic conditions over the periods presented above. In 2017, management determined that a provision expense that offset net charge-offs for the year would maintain an adequate ALL, principally due to a charge-off in connection with one commercial credit downgraded to nonaccrual status during the year. In 2018 and 2019, our continued organic loan portfolio growth was a key factor in the quantitative and qualitative considerations used by management in the determination of the provision expense required to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses. In 2020, the severe economic impact of COVID-19 on the loan portfolio drove an increase in qualitative assumptions, which were reversed in 2021 as sustained performance was demonstrated after the impacted loans were removed from deferral status or the forbearance period ended. In 2021, the provision for loan loss increase was caused by commercial loan growth and an associated increase in the qualitative factor for Concentrations of Credit due to significant growth in commercial real estate loans. These variations in net charge-offs (recoveries) and provision expense (recovery) resulted in the fluctuations in the ratios presented in the tables above.
55

Table of Contents
See further discussion in the “Provision for Loan Losses” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Also, see Note 4, Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the COVID-19 qualitative assumptions.
The following table shows the allocation of the ALL by loan class, as well as the percent of each loan class in relation to the total loan balance at December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017.
 
 20212020201920182017
 Amount
% of
Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
Amount
% of
Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
Amount
% of
Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
Amount
% of
Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
Amount
% of
Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$2,752 12 %$2,072 %$1,539 10 %$1,491 10 %$1,488 12 %
Non-owner occupied7,244 28 %6,049 21 %3,965 22 %3,683 20 %4,059 24 %
Multi-family870 5 %1,846 %974 %792 %444 %
Non-owner occupied residential
1,171 5 %1,184 %1,156 %910 %772 %
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction
188 1 %144 %239 %104 %169 %
Commercial and land development
1,874 5 %970 %720 %713 %248 %
Commercial and industrial3,814 24 %3,942 32 %2,356 13 %1,656 13 %1,446 12 %
Municipal30 1 %40 %100 %98 %84 %
Residential mortgage:
First lien1,188 10 %1,627 12 %1,635 20 %2,002 19 %1,855 16 %
Home equity - term31  %63 %59 %109 %119 %
Home equity - lines of credit1,566 8 %1,672 %1,453 10 %1,642 12 %1,426 13 %
Installment and other loans215 1 %324 %319 %244 %211 %
Unallocated237 218 140 570 475 
$21,180 100 %$20,151 100 %$14,655 100 %$14,014 100 %$12,796 100 %
56

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the ending loan balance individually or collectively evaluated for impairment by loan class and the ALL allocation for each at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
 CommercialConsumer  
Commercial
Real Estate
Acquisition
and
Development
Commercial
and
Industrial
MunicipalTotal
Residential
Mortgage
Installment
and Other
TotalUnallocatedTotal
December 31, 2021
Loans allocated by:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$3,885 $ $250 $ $4,135 $3,078 $40 $3,118 $ $7,253 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
985,933 106,204 485,478 14,989 1,592,604 362,539 17,590 380,129  1,972,733 
$989,818 $106,204 $485,728 $14,989 $1,596,739 $365,617 $17,630 $383,247 $ $1,979,986 
Allowance for loan losses allocated by:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$ $ $ $ $ $28 $ $28 $ $28 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
12,037 2,062 3,814 30 17,943 2,757 215 2,972 237 21,152 
$12,037 $2,062 $3,814 $30 $17,943 $2,785 $215 $3,000 $237 $21,180 
December 31, 2020
Loans allocated by:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$3,528 $814 $3,639 $— $7,981 $3,246 $17 $3,263 $— $11,244 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
809,087 60,498 643,729 20,523 1,533,837 408,265 26,344 434,609 — 1,968,446 
$812,615 $61,312 $647,368 $20,523 $1,541,818 $411,511 $26,361 $437,872 $— $1,979,690 
Allowance for loan losses allocated by:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$— $— $— $— $— $33 $— $33 $— $33 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
11,151 1,114 3,942 40 16,247 3,329 324 3,653 218 20,118 
$11,151 $1,114 $3,942 $40 $16,247 $3,362 $324 $3,686 $218 $20,151 

In addition to the reserve allocations on impaired loans noted above, 10 loans, with aggregate outstanding principal balances of $1.1 million, have had cumulative partial charge-offs to the ALL totaling $320 thousand at December 31, 2021. As updated appraisals were received on collateral-dependent loans, partial charge-offs were taken to the extent the loans’ principal balance exceeded their fair value.
Management believes the allocation of the ALL between the various loan classes adequately reflects the probable incurred credit losses in each portfolio and is based on the methodology outlined in Note 4, Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data." Management re-evaluates and makes certain enhancements to its methodology used to establish a reserve to better reflect the risks inherent in the different segments of the portfolio, particularly in light of increased charge-offs, with noticeable differences between the different loan classes. Management believes these enhancements to the ALL methodology improve the accuracy of quantifying probable incurred credit losses inherent in the portfolio. Management charges actual loan losses to the reserve and bases the provision for loan losses on its overall analysis.
The largest component of the ALL for the years presented has been allocated to the commercial real estate segment, particularly the non-owner occupied loan classes. The higher allocations in these classes as compared with the other classes is consistent with the inherent risk associated with these loans, as well as generally higher levels of impaired and criticized loans for the periods presented. There has generally been a decrease in the ALL allocated to the commercial real estate portfolio, as the level of classified assets has declined, and historical loss rates have improved as a result of improving economic and market conditions; however, the significant increase in commercial loan production resulted in an increase in provision expense in 2021.
The unallocated portion of the ALL reflects estimated inherent losses within the portfolio that have not been detected, as well as the risk of error in the specific and general reserve allocation, other potential exposure in the loan portfolio, variances in management’s assessment of national and local economic conditions and other factors management believes appropriate at the time. The unallocated portion of the allowance increased from $218 thousand at December 31, 2020 to $237 thousand at December 31, 2021 and represents 1.1% of the ALL for both periods. The Company monitors the unallocated portion of the
57

Table of Contents
ALL, and by policy, has determined it should not exceed 3% of the total reserve. Future negative provisions for loan losses may result if the unallocated portion was to increase, and management determined the reserves were not required for the anticipated risk in the portfolio.
Management believes the Company’s ALL is adequate based on information currently available. Future adjustments to the ALL and enhancements to the methodology may be necessary due to changes in economic conditions, regulatory guidance, or management’s assumptions as to future delinquencies or loss rates.
Deposits
Total deposits grew by $108.0 million, or 5%, from $2.4 billion at December 31, 2020 to $2.5 billion at December 31, 2021. This increase in 2021 was primarily due to deposits generated through the SBA PPP originations combined with clients continuing to maintain deposit balances in excess of historical norms. Similarly in 2020, the increase in deposits was due to deposits generated through the SBA PPP and government stimulus. In 2019, the Company acquired $388.2 million in deposits from Hamilton. At December 31, 2019, those acquired accounts totaled approximately $332.0 million. During 2019, brokered deposits were reduced by $110.6 million and subscription service CDs declined by $21.9 million. Organic growth totaled approximately $147.7 million in 2019.
The following table presents average deposits for years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
 
202120202019
Demand deposits$542,952 $381,869 $234,354 
Interest-bearing demand deposits1,392,996 1,156,292 920,025 
Savings deposits202,371 163,133 138,761 
Time deposits360,264 452,298 549,937 
Total deposits$2,498,583 $2,153,592 $1,843,077 

Average total deposits increased $345.0 million, or 16%; however, average time deposits decreased $92.0 million, or 20.3%, from 2020 to 2021. SBA PPP loan funding was the principal driver of this increase in total deposits.
In addition to deposits from acquisitions in 2018 and 2019, the Bank has been able to garner organic growth in both interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit relationships from enhanced cash management offerings as we continued to develop commercial relationships. We also continued to grow core funding deposits through marketing campaigns and improvement in our product delivery with investments in technology and increased sales efforts. We have also been able to increase interest-free funds as we expanded our commercial loan portfolio.
The Bank's brokered deposit balances remained at zero at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and averaged zero for 2021 compared with $3.2 million for 2020. Given interest rate conditions and asset/liability strategies, the Bank borrowed additional funds from FHLB of Pittsburgh to replace called brokered deposits from the second half of 2019 through 2020.
Management evaluates its utilization of brokered deposits, taking into consideration the interest rate curve and regulatory views on non-core funding sources, and balances this funding source with its funding needs based on growth initiatives. The Company anticipates that as loan growth increases, it will be able to generate core deposit funding by offering competitive rates.
The Company has time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 of $44.0 million and $61.9 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. At December 31, 2021, the scheduled maturities of time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit or otherwise uninsured were as follows:
Three months or less$9,466 
Over three months through six months16,932 
Over six months through one year12,158 
Over one year5,465 
Total$44,021 
58

Table of Contents
Borrowings
In addition to deposit products, the Company uses short-term borrowing sources to meet liquidity needs and for temporary funding. Sources of short-term borrowings include the FHLB of Pittsburgh, federal funds purchased, and to a lesser extent, the FRB discount window. Short-term borrowings also include securities sold under agreements to repurchase with deposit clients, in which a client sweeps a portion of a deposit balance into a repurchase agreement, which is a secured borrowing with a pool of securities pledged against the balance.
The Company also utilizes long-term debt, consisting principally of FHLB fixed and amortizing advances to fund its balance sheet with original maturities greater than one year. The Company evaluates its funding needs, interest rate movements, the cost of options, and the availability of attractive structures when considering the timing and extent of when it enters into long-term borrowings.
In December 2018, the Company issued unsecured subordinated notes payable totaling $32.5 million, the proceeds of which were designated for general corporate use, including funding of cash consideration for mergers and acquisitions.
For additional information about borrowings, refer to Note 13, Short-Term Borrowings, Note 14, Long-Term Debt, and Note 15, Subordinated Notes, to the Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
Shareholders' Equity
In 2021, total shareholders’ equity increased by $25.5 million, or 10%. Net income increased equity by $32.9 million. AOCI increased by $1.1 million due to a reclassification adjustment to the consolidated statement of income from the termination of an interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge of $972 thousand and tax-effected unrealized gains on available for sale of $131 thousand. Dividends paid to shareholders decreased equity by $8.3 million.
In September 2015, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, which is more fully described in Item 5 under Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. Subsequently on April 19, 2021, the Board of Directors authorized the additional future repurchase of up to 562,000 shares of its outstanding common stock. The maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plan is 743,830 shares at December 31, 2021.
The following table includes additional information for shareholders’ equity for years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
202120202019
Average shareholders’ equity$262,159 $226,900 $206,021 
Net income 32,881 26,463 16,924 
Cash dividends paid8,280 7,610 6,150 
Average equity to average assets ratio9.06 %8.58 %9.26 %
Dividend payout ratio24.68 %28.12 %36.81 %
Return on average equity12.54 %11.66 %8.21 %

Capital Adequacy and Regulatory Matters
Capital management in a regulated financial services industry must properly balance return on equity to its shareholders while maintaining sufficient levels of capital and related risk-based regulatory capital ratios to satisfy statutory regulatory requirements. The Company’s capital management strategies have been developed to provide attractive rates of returns to its shareholders, while maintaining a “well capitalized” position of regulatory strength.
Effective with the third quarter of 2018, the FRB raised the consolidated asset limit on small bank holding companies from $1 billion to $3 billion, and a company with assets under the revised limits is not subject to the FRB consolidated capital rules. A company with consolidated assets under the revised limit may continue to file reports that include capital amounts and ratios. The Parent Company has elected to continue to file those reports.
Management believes the Parent Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject at December 31, 2021 and 2020. At December 31, 2021, the Bank was considered well capitalized under applicable banking regulations.
59

Table of Contents
Tables presenting the Parent Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are included in Note 17 Shareholders' Equity and Regulatory Capital, to the Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
The Company routinely evaluates its capital levels in light of its risk profile to assess its capital needs. In addition to the minimum capital ratio requirement and minimum capital ratio to be well capitalized presented in the tables in Note 17, we must maintain a capital conservation buffer as noted in Item 1 - Business under the topic Basel III Capital Rules. At December 31, 2021, the Parent Company's and the Bank's capital conservation buffer, based on the most restrictive capital ratio, was 6.2% and 6.0%, respectively, which are above the regulatory requirement of 2.50% at December 31, 2021.
Liquidity and Rate Sensitivity
Liquidity. The primary function of asset/liability management is to ensure adequate liquidity and manage the Company’s sensitivity to changing interest rates. Liquidity management involves the ability to meet the cash flow requirements of clients who may be either depositors wanting to withdraw funds or borrowers needing assurance that sufficient funds will be available to meet their credit needs. The Company's primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, maturities and sales of investment securities, the sale of mortgage loans and borrowings from the FHLB of Pittsburgh. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Company's maximum borrowing capacity from the FHLB is $873.1 million at December 31, 2021.
The Company regularly adjusts its investments in liquid assets based upon its assessment of expected loan demand, expected deposit flows, yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities and the objectives of its asset/liability management policy.
At December 31, 2021, outstanding loan commitments totaled $825.1 million, which included $164.8 million in undisbursed loans, $261.6 million in unused home equity lines of credit, $379.0 million in commercial lines of credit, and $19.7 million in performance standby letters of credit. Time deposits due within one year after December 31, 2021 totaled $237.8 million, or 79% of time deposits. The large percentage of time deposits that mature within one year reflects clients’ preference not to invest funds for long periods in the current interest rate environment. If these maturing deposits do not remain with the Company, it may be required to seek other sources of funds, including other time deposits and lines of credit. Depending on market conditions, the Company may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than it currently pays on time deposits outstanding at December 31, 2021. The Company has the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates it offers.
The Company's most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend on the Company's operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2021, cash and cash equivalents totaled $208.7 million, compared with $125.3 million at December 31, 2020. Available for sale securities, net of pledging requirements, provide additional sources of liquidity, and totaled $176.9 million at December 31, 2021. Also at December 31, 2021, the Company had the ability to borrow up to a total of $873.1 million from the FHLB of Pittsburgh, of which $59.0 million in advances and letters of credit were outstanding. The Company’s ability to borrow from the FHLB is dependent on having sufficient qualifying collateral, which generally consists of mortgage loans. In addition, the Company had $30.0 million in available unsecured lines of credit with other banks at December 31, 2021.
The Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to its operating expenses, the Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to its shareholders and interest on its borrowings. The Company also has repurchased shares of its common stock. The Company’s primary source of income is dividends received from the Bank. Restrictions on the Bank’s ability to dividend funds to the Company are described in Note 17, Shareholders' Equity and Regulatory Capital, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
Interest Rate Sensitivity. Interest rate sensitivity management requires the maintenance of an appropriate balance between interest sensitive assets and liabilities. Management, through its asset/liability management process, attempts to manage the level of repricing and maturity mismatch so that fluctuations in net interest income are maintained within policy limits in current and expected market conditions. For further discussion, see Part II, Item 7A, "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk."
Contractual Obligations
The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business to fund loan growth, for asset/liability management purposes, to meet required capital needs and for other corporate purposes. The following table presents significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations of principal by payment date at December 31, 2021. Further discussion of the
60

Table of Contents
nature of each obligation is d in the referenced Note to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" referenced in the following table.
 
  Payments Due 
Note
Reference
Less than 1
year
2-3 years4-5 years
More than
5 years
Total
Time deposits11$237,818 $53,394 $8,680 $2,193 $302,085 
Short-term borrowings1323,301    23,301 
Long-term debt14441 947 508  1,896 
Subordinated notes15   32,500 32,500 
Operating lease obligations61,163 2,462 2,571 9,687 15,883 
Total$262,723 $56,803 $11,759 $44,380 $375,665 

The contractual obligations table above does not include off-balance sheet commitments to extend credit that are detailed in the following section. These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and many will expire without being drawn upon, therefore the total commitment does not necessarily represent future cash requirements and is excluded from the contractual obligations table.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its clients. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.
The following table details significant commitments at December 31, 2021.
Contract or Notional
Amount
Commitments to fund:
Home equity lines of credit$261,580 
1-4 family residential construction loans40,348 
Commercial real estate, construction and land development loans124,488 
Commercial, industrial and other loans378,996 
Standby letters of credit19,724 

A discussion of the nature, business purpose, and guarantees that result from the Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements is included in Note 19, Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting Standards
Recently adopted and recently issued accounting standards are described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Measures
As a result of prior acquisitions, the Company had intangible assets consisting of goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets totaling $22.9 million and $24.2 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Management believes providing certain “non-GAAP” information will assist investors in their understanding of the effect of acquisition activity on reported results, particularly to overcome comparability issues related to the influence of intangibles (principally goodwill) created in acquisitions.
Tangible book value per share and the allowance to non-SBA guaranteed loans, as used by the Company in this supplemental reporting presentation, are determined by methods other than in accordance with GAAP. While the Company's management believes this information is a useful supplement to the GAAP based measures reported in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, readers are cautioned that this non-GAAP disclosure has limitations as an analytical tool, should not be viewed as a substitute for financial measures determined in accordance with
61

Table of Contents
GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results and financial condition as reported under GAAP, nor are such measures necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. This supplemental presentation should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by similar adjustments to be determined in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents the computation of each non-GAAP based measure shown together with its most directly comparable GAAP based measure.
202120202019
Tangible book value per common share
Shareholders' equity$271,656 $246,249 $223,249 
Less: Goodwill18,724 18,724 19,925 
Other intangible assets4,183 5,458 7,180 
Related tax effect(878)(1,146)(1,508)
Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)$249,627 $223,213 $197,652 
Common shares outstanding 11,183 11,201 11,200 
Book value per share (most directly comparable GAAP based measure)$24.29 $21.98 $19.93 
Intangible assets per share1.97 2.05 2.28 
Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)$22.32 $19.93 $17.65 

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Allowance to Non-SBA Guaranteed Loans:
Allowance for loan losses$21,180 $20,151 
Gross loans$1,979,986 $1,979,690 
less: SBA guaranteed loans(195,585)(404,205)
Non-SBA guaranteed loans$1,784,401 $1,575,485 
Allowance to non-SBA guaranteed loans1.2 %1.3 %

ITEM 7A – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk comprises exposure to interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk, commodity price risk, and other relevant market rate or price risks. In the banking industry, a major risk exposure is changing interest rates. The primary objective of monitoring our interest rate sensitivity, or risk, is to provide management the tools necessary to manage the balance sheet to minimize adverse changes in net interest income as a result of changes in the direction and level of interest rates. FRB monetary control efforts, the effects of deregulation, economic uncertainty and legislative changes have been significant factors affecting the task of managing interest rate sensitivity positions in recent years.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the exposure to fluctuations in the Company’s future earnings (earnings at risk) and value (value at risk) resulting from changes in interest rates. This exposure results from differences between the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that reprice within a specified time period as a result of scheduled maturities, scheduled and unscheduled repayments, the propensity of borrowers and depositors to react to changes in their economic interests, and loan contractual interest rate changes.
We attempt to manage the level of repricing and maturity mismatch through our asset/liability management process so that fluctuations in net interest income are maintained within policy limits across a range of market conditions, while satisfying liquidity and capital requirements. Management recognizes that a certain amount of interest rate risk is inherent, appropriate and necessary to ensure the Company’s profitability. Thus, the goal of interest rate risk management is to evaluate the amount of reward for taking risk and adjusting both the size and composition of the balance sheet relative to the level of reward available for taking risk.
62

Table of Contents
Management endeavors to control the exposure to changes in interest rates by understanding, reviewing and making decisions based on its risk position. The Company primarily uses its securities portfolio, FHLB advances, interest rate swaps and brokered deposits to manage its interest rate risk position. Additionally, pricing, promotion and product development activities are directed in an effort to emphasize the loan and deposit term or repricing characteristics that best meet current interest rate risk objectives.
We use simulation analysis to assess earnings at risk and net present value analysis to assess value at risk. These methods allow management to regularly monitor both the direction and magnitude of our interest rate risk exposure. These analyses require numerous assumptions including, but not limited to, changes in balance sheet mix, prepayment rates on loans and securities, cash flows and repricing of all financial instruments, changes in volumes and pricing, future shapes of the yield curve, relationship of market interest rates to each other (basis risk), credit spread and deposit sensitivity. Assumptions are based on management’s best estimates but may not accurately reflect actual results under certain changes in interest rate due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of rate changes and changes in market conditions and management strategies, among other factors. However, the analyses are useful in quantifying risk and providing a relative gauge of our interest rate risk position over time.
Our asset/liability committee operates under management policies, approved by the Board of Directors, which define guidelines and limits on the level of risk. The committee meets regularly and reviews our interest rate risk position and monitors various liquidity ratios to ensure a satisfactory liquidity position. By utilizing our analyses, we can determine changes that may need to be made to the asset and liability mixes to mitigate the change in net interest income under various interest rate scenarios. Management continually evaluates the condition of the economy, the pattern of market interest rates and other economic data to inform the committee on the selection of investment securities. Regulatory authorities also monitor our interest rate risk position along with other liquidity ratios.
Net Interest Income Sensitivity
Simulation analysis evaluates the effect of upward and downward changes in market interest rates on future net interest income. The analysis involves changing the interest rates used in determining net interest income over the next twelve months. The resulting percentage change in net interest income in various rate scenarios is an indication of our short-term interest rate risk. The analysis assumes recent pricing trends in new loan and deposit volumes will continue while balances remain constant. Additional assumptions are applied to modify pricing under the various rate scenarios.
The simulation analysis results are presented in the table below. At December 31, 2021, results indicated the Company would be better positioned over the subsequent 12 months in an increasing rate environment than it would be if interest rates decreased. This is due to the composition of the balance sheet between fixed- and floating-rate assets, and liabilities that will reprice more rapidly as deposits migrate from certificates of deposit to non-maturity deposits, coupled with the steep decline in rates during 2020. The Company has become more asset sensitive since December 31, 2020 due to the increase in liquidity and overall size of the balance sheet size and mix, specifically through non-maturity deposits. As such, an increase in interest rates would benefit the Company more than in prior periods.
Economic Value
Net present value analysis provides information on the risk inherent in the balance sheet that might not be considered in the simulation analysis due to the short time horizon used in that analysis. The net present value of the balance sheet incorporates the discounted present value of expected asset cash flows minus the discounted present value of expected liability cash flows. The analysis involves changing the interest rates used in determining the expected cash flows and in discounting the cash flows. The resulting percentage change in net present value in various rate scenarios is an indication of the longer term repricing risk and options embedded in the balance sheet.
At December 31, 2021, similar to at December 31, 2020, these results indicate the Company would be better positioned in a rising interest rate environment than it would be if interest rates decreased. The results at December 31, 2021 are driven by the impact of the low interest rate environment and the composition of the balance sheet. To improve the comparability across periods, the Company follows best practices and maintains the size and mix of the period end balance sheet; thus, the results do
63

Table of Contents
not reflect actions management may take to improve results.
Earnings at RiskValue at Risk
% Change in Net Interest Income% Change in Market Value
Change in Market Interest RatesDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020Change in Market Interest RatesDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(100)(1.4)%(0.8)%(100)(43.8)%(99.6)%
100 3.7 %1.7 %100 25.8 %70.7 %
200 6.7 %2.4 %200 41.2 %116.4 %

Further discussion related to the quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk is included under the heading of Liquidity and Rate Sensitivity in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

64

Table of Contents
ITEM 8 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
The following table presents unaudited quarterly results of operations for years ended December 31.
 
 2021
Quarter Ended
2020
Quarter Ended
DecemberSeptemberJuneMarchDecemberSeptemberJuneMarch
Interest income$23,919 $22,191 $23,656 $23,929 $26,426 $24,216 $25,022 $23,967 
Interest expense1,321 1,571 1,755 2,074 2,697 3,398 4,224 5,705 
Net interest income22,598 20,620 21,901 21,855 23,729 20,818 20,798 18,262 
Provision for loan losses1,100 365 625 (1,000)300 2,200 1,900 925 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses21,498 20,255 21,276 22,855 23,429 18,618 18,898 17,337 
Investment securities gains (losses)3 479 11 145 28 (13)(40)
Other noninterest income7,290 7,172 6,653 7,399 7,153 6,874 7,184 7,114 
Merger related and branch consolidation expenses    — 1,310 — — 
Other noninterest expenses20,290 19,035 17,033 17,783 18,080 17,955 18,431 18,304 
Income before income tax expense8,501 8,871 10,907 12,616 12,530 6,214 7,660 6,107 
Income tax expense1,795 1,679 2,131 2,409 2,471 1,237 1,301 1,039 
Net income $6,706 $7,192 $8,776 $10,207 $10,059 $4,977 $6,359 $5,068 
Per share information:
Basic earnings per share (a)
$0.61 $0.66 $0.80 $0.93 $0.92 $0.45 $0.58 $0.46 
Diluted earnings per share (a)
0.60 0.65 0.79 0.92 0.91 0.45 0.58 0.46 
Dividends paid per share0.19 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 
  (a) Sum of the quarters may not equal the total year due to rounding.

65

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
 Page
Report of Crowe LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 173)

66

Table of Contents
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the "Company"), has the responsibility for establishing and maintaining an adequate internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. Management maintains a comprehensive system of internal control to provide reasonable assurance of the proper authorization of transactions, the safeguarding of assets and the reliability of the financial records. The system of internal control provides for appropriate division of responsibility and is documented by written policies and procedures that are communicated to employees. The Company maintains an internal auditing program, under the supervision of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which independently assesses the effectiveness of the system of internal control and recommends possible improvements.
Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2021, using the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based upon this evaluation, management has concluded that, at December 31, 2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).
Crowe LLP has audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, as stated in their report dated March 11, 2022.
 
/s/ Thomas R. Quinn, Jr. /s/ Neelesh Kalani
Thomas R. Quinn, Jr. Neelesh Kalani
President and Chief Executive Officer Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
March 11, 2022

67

Table of Contents

orrf-20211231_g2.jpg


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


Shareholders and Board of Directors of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.
Shippensburg, Pennsylvania

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
68

Table of Contents
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Allowance for Loan Losses – Adjustments for Qualitative Factors
As more fully described in Note 1 and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company estimates and records an allowance for loan losses for loans collectively evaluated for impairment by developing a loss rate based on historical losses and qualitative factors. Qualitative factors are used to adjust historical loss rates considering relevant factors such as nature and volume of loans; concentrations of credit and changes within credit concentrations; underwriting standards and recovery practices; delinquency trends; classified loan trends; experience, ability and depth of management/lending staff; quality of loan review; and national and local economic conditions. The application of the adjustments for qualitative factors to the historical loss rate calculation is subjective.
The principal considerations for our determination that auditing the adjustments for qualitative factors is a critical audit matter is the high degree of judgment involved in the assessment of the risk of loss associated with each risk factor. Our audit procedures included both control and substantive testing related to the adjustments for qualitative factors. Procedures included, among others:
Testing the following controls:
Management’s review of the accuracy of data inputs used to adjust historical loss rates.
Management’s review of the appropriateness and adequacy of the adjustments to the historical loss rates.
Management’s approval of the conclusions reached over the allowance for loan losses for loans collectively evaluated for impairment.
69

Table of Contents
Substantive tests included:
Data inputs used to adjust historical loss rates were agreed to source documentation.
The adjustments to historical loss rates were evaluated for reasonableness and appropriateness including both directional consistency and the magnitude of the adjustments.
Analytical procedures were performed to evaluate changes that occurred in the allowance for loan losses for loans collectively evaluated for impairment.

/s/ Crowe LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014.

Washington, D.C.
March 11, 2022


70

Table of Contents
Consolidated Balance Sheets
ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
 December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)20212020
Assets
Cash and due from banks$21,217 $26,203 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks187,493 99,055 
Cash and cash equivalents208,710 125,258 
Restricted investments in bank stocks7,252 10,563 
Securities available for sale (amortized cost of $466,806 and $460,999 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively)
472,438 466,465 
Loans held for sale, at fair value8,868 11,734 
Loans1,979,986 1,979,690 
Less: Allowance for loan losses(21,180)(20,151)
Net loans1,958,806 1,959,539 
Premises and equipment, net34,045 35,149 
Cash surrender value of life insurance70,217 68,554 
Goodwill18,724 18,724 
Other intangible assets, net4,183 5,458 
Accrued interest receivable8,234 8,927 
Other assets43,088 40,201 
Total assets$2,834,565 $2,750,572 
Liabilities
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing$553,238 $456,778 
Interest-bearing1,911,691 1,900,102 
Total deposits2,464,929 2,356,880 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase23,301 19,466 
FHLB advances and other1,896 58,045 
Subordinated notes31,963 31,903 
Other liabilities40,820 38,029 
Total liabilities2,562,909 2,504,323 
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, $1.25 par value per share; 500,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
 — 
Common stock, no par value—$0.05205 stated value per share 50,000,000 shares authorized; 11,258,167 shares issued and 11,183,050 outstanding at December 31, 2021; 11,257,046 shares issued and 11,201,317 outstanding at December 31, 2020
586 586 
Additional paid—in capital189,689 189,066 
Retained earnings 78,700 54,099 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)4,449 3,346 
Treasury stock— 75,117 and 55,729 shares, at cost, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
(1,768)(848)
Total shareholders’ equity271,656 246,249 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$2,834,565 $2,750,572 
The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
71

Table of Contents
Consolidated Statements of Income
ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)202120202019
Interest income
Loans$84,227 $87,492 $75,071 
Investment securities - taxable6,622 10,458 14,538 
Investment securities - tax-exempt2,493 1,566 2,054 
Short term investments353 115 1,331 
Total interest income93,695 99,631 92,994 
Interest expense
Deposits4,199 12,009 19,310 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase31 85 623 
FHLB advances and other482 1,924 1,779 
Subordinated notes2,009 2,006 1,987 
Total interest expense6,721 16,024 23,699 
Net interest income86,974 83,607 69,295 
Provision for loan losses1,090 5,325 900 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses85,884 78,282 68,395 
Noninterest income
Service charges on deposit accounts3,047 2,874 3,404 
Interchange income4,129 3,423 3,281 
Other service charges, commissions and fees671 683 805 
Swap fee income293 847 1,197 
Trust and investment management income7,896 6,912 7,255 
Brokerage income3,571 2,821 2,426 
Mortgage banking activities5,909 5,274 3,047 
Gain on sale of portfolio loans 2,803 — 
Income from life insurance2,273 2,261 2,044 
Investment securities gains (losses)638 (16)4,749 
Other income725 427 331 
Total noninterest income29,152 28,309 28,539 
Noninterest expenses
Salaries and employee benefits44,002 43,350 39,495 
Occupancy4,731 4,760 4,325 
Furniture and equipment5,115 4,756 4,723 
Data processing4,061 3,574 3,599 
Automated teller and interchange fees1,202 1,057 1,015 
Advertising and bank promotions2,178 1,660 1,967 
FDIC insurance816 686 367 
Other professional services2,555 3,120 2,954 
Directors' compensation865 921 1,003 
Taxes other than income1,321 1,144 1,018 
Intangible asset amortization1,275 1,569 1,570 
Merger related and branch consolidation expenses 1,310 8,964 
Insurance claim (recovery) receivable write-off (486)615 
Other operating expenses6,020 6,659 5,685 
Total noninterest expenses74,141 74,080 77,300 
Income before income tax expense40,895 32,511 19,634 
Income tax expense8,014 6,048 2,710 
Net income $32,881 $26,463 $16,924 
Per share information:
Basic earnings per share$3.00 $2.42 $1.63 
Diluted earnings per share2.96 2.40 1.61 
Dividends paid per share0.74 0.68 0.60 
The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
72

Table of Contents
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)202120202019
Net income$32,881 $26,463 $16,924 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Unrealized gains on securities available for sale arising during the period804 6,057 7,905 
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income(638)16 (4,749)
Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale166 6,073 3,156 
Tax effect(35)(1,275)(664)
Total other comprehensive income, net of tax and reclassification adjustments on securities available for sale131 4,798 2,492 
Unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps used in cash flow hedges473 (1,347)— 
Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income757 117 — 
Net unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps used in cash flow hedges1,230 (1,230)— 
Tax effect(258)258 — 
Total other comprehensive gain (loss), net of tax and reclassification adjustments on interest rate swaps972 (972)— 
Total other comprehensive income, net of tax and reclassification adjustments1,103 3,826 2,492 
Total comprehensive income$33,984 $30,289 $19,416 
The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

73

Table of Contents
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
 
 Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Treasury
Stock
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
Balance, January 1, 2019$491 $151,678 $24,472 $(2,972)$(236)$173,433 
Net income— — 16,924 — — 16,924 
Total other comprehensive loss, net of taxes— — — 2,492 — 2,492 
Cash dividends ($0.60 per share)
— — (6,150)— — (6,150)
Issuance of stock (1,765,704 common shares) to acquire Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.
92 36,530 — — — 36,622 
Share-based compensation plans:
15,645 net common shares issued and 11,699 net treasury shares acquired, including compensation expense totaling $1,586
157 — — (230)(72)
Balance, December 31, 2019584 188,365 35,246 (480)(466)223,249 
Net income— — 26,463 — — 26,463 
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes— — — 3,826 — 3,826 
Cash dividends ($0.68 per share)
— — (7,610)— — (7,610)
Share-based compensation plans:
36,442 net common shares issued and 34,999 net treasury shares acquired, including compensation expense totaling $2,092
701 — — (382)321 
Balance, December 31, 2020586 189,066 54,099 3,346 (848)246,249 
Net income  32,881   32,881 
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes   1,103  1,103 
Cash dividends ($0.74 per share)
  (8,280)  (8,280)
Share-based compensation plans:
1,121 net common shares issued and 19,388 net treasury shares acquired, including compensation expense totaling $1,949
 623   (920)(297)
Balance, December 31, 2021$586 $189,689 $78,700 $4,449 $(1,768)$271,656 
The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
74

Table of Contents
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
 Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)202120202019
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income $32,881 $26,463 $16,924 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Net discount accretion(436)(4,481)(2,547)
Depreciation and amortization expense5,305 6,573 5,547 
Impairment of intangibles 153 — 
Provision for loan losses1,090 5,325 900 
Share-based compensation1,949 2,092 1,586 
Gains on sales of loans originated for sale(4,967)(6,067)(2,613)
Mortgage loans originated for sale(197,167)(207,051)(112,568)
Proceeds from sales of loans originated for sale204,102 208,987 108,885 
Gains on sale of portfolio loans (2,803)— 
Net (gain) loss on disposal of OREO and premises held for sale(327)152 (156)
Writedown of OREO and premises held for sale 544 — 
Net loss on disposal of premises and equipment22 139 
Deferred income taxes942 (1,973)1,776 
Investment securities (gains) losses(638)16 (4,749)
Loss (gain) on derivative terminations514 (226)— 
Income from life insurance(2,273)(2,261)(2,044)
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable693 (2,887)1,248 
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities1,167 953 (5,291)
Other, net(2,046)6,660 2,053 
Net cash provided by operating activities40,811 30,171 9,090 
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sales of AFS securities149,038 — 199,429 
Maturities, repayments and calls of AFS securities39,082 56,239 33,265 
Purchases of AFS securities(195,049)(26,691)(190,530)
Net cash and cash equivalents received from acquisitions — 29,442 
Net redemptions (purchases) of restricted investments in bank stocks3,311 5,621 (2,684)
Net decrease (increase) in loans1,396 (349,947)(46,157)
Proceeds from sales of portfolio loans385 22,665 — 
Purchases of bank premises and equipment(1,254)(1,303)(2,911)
Proceeds from disposal of OREO and premises held for sale1,078 4,096 1,318 
Purchases of bank owned life insurance (3,636)(3,280)
Death benefit proceeds from life insurance contracts 391 571 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities(2,013)(292,565)18,463 
Cash flows from financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in deposits108,020 481,277 (71,561)
Net increase (decrease) in borrowings with original maturities less than 90 days3,835 (135,402)115,800 
Proceeds from other short-term borrowings 126,599 20,000 
Payments on other short-term borrowings(56,149)(131,622)(116,776)
Settlement of terminated derivatives(525)218 — 
Payment of subordinated notes issuance costs — (59)
Dividends paid(8,280)(7,610)(6,150)
Acquisition of treasury stock(1,869)(1,170)— 
Treasury shares repurchased for employee taxes associated with restricted stock vesting(514)(717)(1,772)
Proceeds from issuance of stock for option exercises and employee stock purchase plan136 116 113 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities44,654 331,689 (60,405)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents83,452 69,295 (32,852)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year125,258 55,963 88,815 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year$208,710 $125,258 $55,963 


75

Table of Contents
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)202120202019
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest$6,805 $16,665 $24,313 
Income taxes4,400 550 — 
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:
OREO acquired in settlement of loans — 161 
Premises and equipment transferred to held for sale — 4,894 
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining ROU assets2,865 400 7,380 
The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

76

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(All dollar amounts presented in the tables, except share and per share amounts, are in thousands)

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
See the Glossary of Defined Terms at the beginning of this Report for terms used throughout the consolidated financial statements and related notes of this Form 10-K.
Nature of Operations – Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. is a financial holding company that operates Orrstown Bank, a commercial bank providing banking and financial advisory services in Berks, Cumberland, Dauphin, Franklin, Lancaster, Perry and York Counties, Pennsylvania, and in Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Howard and Washington Counties, Maryland. The Company operates in the community banking segment and engages in lending activities, including commercial, residential, commercial mortgages, construction, municipal, and various forms of consumer lending, and deposit services, including checking, savings, time, and money market deposits. The Company also provides fiduciary services, investment advisory, insurance and brokerage services. Effective July 31, 2020, Wheatland Advisors, Inc., a registered investment advisor non-bank subsidiary, headquartered in Lancaster County, Pennsylvania was discontinued. The Company and the Bank are subject to regulation by certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations by such regulatory authorities.
Basis of Presentation – The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to GAAP and, where applicable, to accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform with current year classifications. These reclassifications did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition or results of operations. In May 2019, the Company acquired Hamilton Bancorp, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Hamilton Bank, based in Towson, Maryland. The results of operations and assets acquired and liabilities assumed from acquired entities are included only from the date of acquisition. The comparability of the Company's results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, to 2020 and 2019 have been impacted by these acquisitions.
The Company's management has evaluated all activity of the Company and concluded that subsequent events are properly reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements and notes as required by GAAP.
To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and actual results could differ.
Concentration of Credit Risk – The Company grants commercial, residential, construction, municipal, and various forms of consumer lending to clients primarily in its market area in south central Pennsylvania and in the greater Baltimore region and Washington County, Maryland. Therefore, the Company's exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy in those areas. Although the Company maintains a diversified loan portfolio, a significant portion of its clients’ ability to honor their contracts is dependent upon economic sectors for commercial real estate, including office space, retail strip centers, sales finance, sub-dividers and developers, and multi-family, hospitality, and residential building operators. Management evaluates each clients' creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained upon the extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the client. Types of collateral held varies, but generally include real estate and equipment.
The types of securities the Company invests in are included in Note 3, Investment Securities, and the types of lending the Company engages in are included in Note 4, Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses.
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents include cash, balances due from banks, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits due on demand, all of which have original maturities of 90 days or less. Net cash flows are reported for client loan and deposit transactions, loans held for sale, redemption (purchases) of restricted investments in bank stocks, and short-term borrowings.
Under the FRB regulations, the Bank generally had been required to maintain cash reserves against specified deposit liabilities. Under an interim rule, the reserve requirement was reduced to zero as of March 26, 2020. The FRB issued the final rule on December 22, 2020 that amended Regulation D by lowering the reserve requirement on transaction accounts maintained at depository institutions to 0%.
Balances with correspondent banks may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The Company considers this to be a normal business risk and reviews the financial condition of its correspondent banks on a quarterly basis.
77

Table of Contents
Restricted Investments in Bank Stocks – Restricted investments in bank stocks consist of Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia stock, FHLB of Pittsburgh stock and Atlantic Community Bankers Bank stock. Federal law requires a member institution of the district Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB to hold stock according to predetermined formulas. Atlantic Community Bankers Bank requires its correspondent banking institutions to hold stock as a condition of membership. The restricted investment in bank stocks is carried at cost. On a quarterly basis, management evaluates the bank stocks for impairment based on assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as operating performance, liquidity, funding and capital positions, stock repurchase history, dividend history, and impact of legislative and regulatory changes.
Investment Securities – The Company typically classifies debt securities as available-for-sale ("AFS") on the date of purchase. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had no held to maturity or trading securities. AFS securities are reported at fair value. Interest income and dividends on debt securities are recognized in interest income on an accrual basis. Purchase premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized to interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities and approximate the level yield method.
Changes in unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred taxes, for AFS securities are recorded in AOCI. Realized gains and losses on securities are recorded on the trade date using the specific identification method and are included in noninterest income on the consolidated statements of income.
AFS securities include investments that management intends to use as part of its asset/liability management strategy. Securities may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment rates and other factors. The Company does not have the intent to sell any of its AFS securities that are in an unrealized loss position and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost.
Management evaluates securities for OTTI on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.  For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as an impairment through earnings.  For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components: OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in OCI, and the remaining OTTI, which is recognized in earnings.  The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis.
The Company’s securities are exposed to various risks, such as interest rate risk, market risk, and credit risk. Due to the level of risk associated with certain investments and the level of uncertainty related to changes in the value of investments, it is at least reasonably possible that changes in risks in the near term would materially affect investment assets reported in the consolidated financial statements.
Loans Held for Sale – The Company has elected to record the mortgage loans held for sale portfolio at fair market value as opposed to the lower of cost or market. The Company economically hedges its residential loans held for sale portfolio with forward sale agreements, which are reported at fair value. A lower of cost or market accounting treatment would not allow the Company to record the excess of the fair market value over book value, but would require the Company to record the corresponding reduction in value on the hedges. Both the loans and related hedges are carried at fair value, which reduces earnings volatility as the amounts more closely offset, particularly in environments when interest rates are declining. For loans held for sale for which the fair value option has been elected, the aggregate fair value exceeded the aggregate principal balance by $150 thousand. There were no loans held for sale that were nonaccrual or 90 or more days past due as of December 31, 2021. In previous periods, loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market were carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Gains and losses on loan sales (sales proceeds minus carrying value) are recorded in noninterest income. Interest income on these loans is recognized in interest and fees on loans in the consolidated statements of income.
Loans – Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the ALL, and any corresponding deferred fees or costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and amortized as a yield adjustment over the respective term of the loan using the interest method. For SBA PPP loans, the loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and accreted into interest income as a yield adjustment under the effective yield method over the estimated life of the PPP loans, with any unamortized net fees being recognized as interest income at the time of forgiveness. For purchased loans that are not deemed impaired at the acquisition date, premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted as adjustments to interest income using the effective yield method.
78

Table of Contents
For all classes of loans, the accrual of interest income on loans, including impaired loans, ceases when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more or immediately if, in the opinion of management, full collection is unlikely. Interest will continue to accrue on loans past due 90 days or more if the collateral is adequate to cover principal and interest, and the loan is in the process of collection. Interest accrued, but not collected, at the date of placement on nonaccrual status, is reversed and charged against interest income, unless fully collateralized. Subsequent payments received are either applied to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending upon management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal. Loans are returned to accrual status, for all loan classes, when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, the loan has performed in accordance with the contractual terms of the note for a reasonable period of time, generally six months, and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is reasonably assured. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan.
Loans, the terms of which are modified, are classified as TDRs if a concession was granted in connection with the modification, for legal or economic reasons, related to the debtor’s financial difficulties. Concessions granted under a TDR typically involve a temporary deferral of scheduled loan payments, an extension of a loans' stated maturity date, a temporary reduction in interest rates, or granting of an interest rate below market rates given the risk of the transaction. If a modification occurs while the loan is on accrual status, it will continue to accrue interest under the modified terms. Nonaccrual TDRs may be restored to accrual status if scheduled principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six months after modification, and the borrower continues to demonstrate its ability to meet the modified terms. TDRs are evaluated individually for impairment on a quarterly basis including monitoring of performance according to their modified terms.
In an effort to assist clients that were negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank offered various mitigation options, including a loan payment deferral program. Under this program, most commercial deferrals were for a 90-day period, while most consumer deferrals were for a 180-day period. In accordance with the revised Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications by Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus issued by the federal bank regulatory agencies on April 7, 2020, these deferrals are exempt from TDR status as they meet the specified requirements.
Allowance for Loan Losses – The ALL is evaluated on at least a quarterly basis, as losses are estimated to be probable and incurred, and, if deemed necessary, is increased or decreased through the provision for loan losses on the consolidated statements of income. Loan losses are charged against the ALL when management determines that all or a portion of the loan is uncollectible. Recoveries on previously charged-off loans are credited to the ALL when received. The ALL is allocated to loan portfolio classes on a quarterly basis, but the entire balance is available to cover losses from any of the portfolio classes when those losses are confirmed.
Management uses internal policies and bank regulatory guidance in periodically evaluating loans for collectability and incorporates historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.
See Note 4, Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses, for additional information.
Acquired Loans - Loans acquired in connection with business combinations are recorded at fair value with no carryover of any allowance for loan losses. Fair value of the loans involves estimating the amount and timing of principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market rate of interest.
The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable discount. These loans are accounted for under ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality ("ASC 310-30"). The nonaccretable discount includes estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows will require us to evaluate the need for an addition to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent improvement in expected cash flows will result in the reversal of a corresponding amount of the nonaccretable discount, which we will then reclassify as accretable discount to be recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan.
Loans acquired through business combinations that do meet the specific criteria of ASC 310-30 are individually evaluated each period to analyze expected cash flows. To the extent that the expected cash flows of a loan have decreased due to credit deterioration, the Company establishes an allowance.
Loans acquired through business combinations that do not meet the specific criteria of ASC 310-30 are accounted for under ASC 310-20, Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs. These loans are initially recorded at fair value, and include credit and interest rate marks associated with acquisition accounting adjustments. Purchase premiums or discounts are subsequently amortized as an adjustment to yield over the estimated contractual lives of the loans. There is no allowance for
79

Table of Contents
loan losses established at the acquisition date for acquired performing loans. An allowance for loan losses is recorded for any credit deterioration in these loans subsequent to acquisition.
Acquired loans that meet the criteria for impairment or nonaccrual of interest prior to the acquisition may be considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the client is contractually delinquent if the Company expects to fully collect the new carrying value (i.e., fair value) of the loans. As such, the Company may no longer consider the loan to be nonperforming and may accrue interest on these loans, including the impact of any accretable discount. In addition, charge-offs on such loans would be first applied to the nonaccretable difference portion of the fair value adjustment.
Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments – Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit commitments issued to meet client financing needs, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit. These financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. The face amount represents the exposure to loss, before considering client collateral or ability to repay. The Company maintains a reserve for probable losses on off-balance sheet commitments which is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
Loans Serviced – The Bank administers secondary market mortgage programs available through the FHLB and the Federal National Mortgage Association and offers residential mortgage products and services to clients. The Bank originates single-family residential mortgage loans for immediate sale in the secondary market and retains the servicing of those loans. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the balance of loans serviced for others totaled $502.5 million and $441.1 million, respectively.
Transfers of Financial Assets – Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance – The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain employees. Life insurance is recorded at the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.
Derivatives - FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”), provides the disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how the entity accounts for derivative instruments and related hedged items, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Further, qualitative disclosures are required that explain the Company’s objectives and strategies for using derivatives, as well as quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.
As required by ASC 815, the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.
The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting. The Company's objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest income and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of fixed amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.
Changes to the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and are subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction affects earnings. The Company discontinues cash flow hedge accounting if it is probable the forecasted hedged transactions will not occur in the initially identified time period due to circumstances, such as the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Upon discontinuance, the associated gains and losses deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified immediately into earnings and subsequent changes in the fair value of the cash flow hedge are recognized in earnings. Such derivatives were used
80

Table of Contents
to hedge the variable cash flows associated with overnight borrowings. During 2021, the Company terminated its interest rate derivative, with a notional amount of $50.0 million, which was designated as a cash flow hedge.
Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain customers. The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting derivatives that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. As the interest rate derivatives associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer derivatives and the offsetting derivatives are recognized directly in earnings. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had interest rate swaps not designated as hedges with total notional value of $75.8 million and $61.3 million, respectively.
Premises and Equipment – Buildings, improvements, equipment, and furniture and fixtures are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Land is carried at cost. Depreciation and amortization has been recognized generally on the straight-line method and is computed over the estimated useful lives of the various assets as follows: buildings and improvements, including leasehold improvements – 10 to 40 years; and furniture and equipment – 3 to 15 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the indicated life. Repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred, while additions and improvements are typically capitalized. Gains or losses on the retirement or disposal of individual assets is recorded as income or expense in the period of retirement or disposal. Premises no longer in use and held for sale are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets at the lower of carrying value or fair value and no depreciation is charged on them. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, premises held for sale totaled $321 thousand and $1.1 million, respectively.
Leases - The Company evaluates its contracts at inception to determine if an arrangement either is a lease or contains one. Operating lease ROU assets are included in other assets and operating lease liabilities in accrued interest payable and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company had no finance leases at December 31, 2021.
ROU assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent an obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate, so the Company's incremental borrowing rate is used, which approximates its fully collateralized borrowing rate, based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate is reevaluated upon lease modification. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any initial direct costs and prepaid lease payments made less any lease incentives. In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Company may include options to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise that option.
In accordance with ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”), the Company keeps leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off of the balance sheet. The Company recognizes these lease payments in the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company has lease agreements with lease and non-lease components and has elected the practical expedient to account for them as a single lease component.
The Company's operating leases relate primarily to bank branches and office space. The difference between the lease assets and lease liabilities primarily consists of deferred rent liabilities reclassified upon adoption to reduce the measurement of the lease assets. The standard did not materially impact the Company's consolidated net income and had no impact on cash flows upon adoption on January 1, 2019.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets – Goodwill is calculated as the purchase premium, if any, after adjusting for the fair value of net assets acquired in purchase transactions. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for potential impairment on at least an annual basis, with testing between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that could potentially reduce the fair value of a reporting unit. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights. The Company’s other intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized on either an accelerated amortization method or straight line basis over their estimated lives, generally 10 years for deposit premiums and 10 to 15 years for other client relationship intangibles.
Mortgage Servicing Rights – The estimated fair value of MSRs related to loans sold and serviced by the Company is recorded as an asset upon the sale of such loans. MSRs are amortized as a reduction to servicing income over the estimated lives of the underlying loans. MSRs are evaluated periodically for impairment by comparing the carrying amount to estimated fair value. Fair value is determined periodically through a discounted cash flow valuation performed by a third party. Significant inputs to the valuation include expected servicing income, net of expense, the discount rate and the expected life of the underlying loans. To the extent the amortized cost of the MSRs exceeds their estimated fair values, a valuation allowance is established for such impairment through a charge against servicing income on the consolidated statements of income. If the Company determines, based on subsequent valuations, that the impairment no longer exists or is reduced, the valuation
81

Table of Contents
allowance is reduced through a credit to earnings. MSRs, net of the valuation allowance, totaled $4.0 million and $2.8 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, and are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
Foreclosed Real Estate – Real estate acquired through foreclosure or other means is initially recorded at the fair value of the related real estate collateral at the transfer date less estimated selling costs, and subsequently at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is determined based on an independent third party appraisal of the property or, when appropriate, a recent sales offer. Costs to maintain such real estate are expensed as incurred. Costs that significantly improve the value of the properties are capitalized. Real estate acquired through foreclosure or other means totaled zero at both December 31, 2021 and 2020, and is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
Investments in Real Estate Partnerships – The Company has a 99% limited partnership interest in several real estate partnerships in central Pennsylvania. These investments are affordable housing projects, which entitle the Company to tax deductions and credits that expire through 2025. The Company accounts for its investments in affordable housing projects under the proportional amortization method when the criteria are met, which is limited to one investment at December 31, 2021. There are five other investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The investment in these real estate partnerships, included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets, totaled $2.6 million and $3.1 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, of which $921 thousand and $1.1 million are accounted for under the proportional amortization method.
Equity method losses totaled $272 thousand, $299 thousand and $55 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and are included in other noninterest income on the consolidated statements of income. Proportional amortization method losses totaled $214 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, and are included in income tax expense on the consolidated statements of income. During 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized federal tax credits from these projects totaling $315 thousand, $460 thousand and $460 thousand, respectively, which are included in income tax expense on the consolidated statements of income.
Advertising – The Company expenses advertising as incurred. Advertising expense totaled $677 thousand, $392 thousand and $577 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Repurchase Agreements The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities which are included in short-term borrowings on the consolidated balance sheets. Under these agreements, the Company may transfer legal control over the assets but still retain effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase the assets. As a result, these repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements (i.e., secured borrowings) and not as a sale and subsequent repurchase of securities. The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, while the securities underlying the repurchase agreements remaining are reflected in AFS securities. The repurchase obligation and underlying securities are not offset or netted as the Company does not enter into reverse repurchase agreements.
The right of setoff for a repurchase agreement resembles a secured borrowing, whereby the collateral would be used to settle the fair value of the repurchase agreement should the Company be in default (e.g., fail to make an interest payment to the counterparty). For the repurchase agreements, the collateral is held by the Company in a segregated custodial account under a third party agreement. Repurchase agreements are secured by U.S. government or government-sponsored debt securities and mature overnight.
Stock Compensation Plans – The Company has stock compensation plans that cover employees and non-employee directors. Compensation expense relating to share-based payment transactions is measured based on the grant date fair value of the share award, including a Black-Scholes model for stock options. Compensation expense for all stock awards is calculated and recognized over the employees’ or non-employee directors' service period, generally defined as the vesting period.
Income Taxes – Income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of enacted tax law to taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur.
Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all
82

Table of Contents
relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more likely than not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.
Loss Contingencies – Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.
Treasury Stock – Common stock shares repurchased are recorded as treasury stock, at cost on the consolidated balance sheets, on a settlement date basis.
Earnings Per Share – Basic earnings per share represents income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Restricted stock awards are included in weighted average common shares outstanding as they are earned. Diluted earnings per share includes additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards and are determined using the treasury stock method. Treasury shares are not deemed outstanding for earnings per share calculations.
Comprehensive Income – Comprehensive income consists of net income and OCI. Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale and interest rate swaps used in cash flow hedges, net of tax, were the components of AOCI at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Fair Value – Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in the Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.
Segment Reporting – The Company operates in one segment – Community Banking. The Company’s non-community banking activities are insignificant to the consolidated financial statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements - ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments ("ASU 2016-13"). The amendments in this update require an organization to measure all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. Organizations will continue to use judgment to determine which loss estimation method is appropriate for their circumstances. Additionally, the amendments in this update amend the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. For certain public companies, this update was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company delayed the adoption of ASU 2016-13 as noted below.
ASU No. 2019-10, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates ("ASU 2019-10"), extended the implementation deadline of ASU 2016-13 for smaller reporting and other companies until the fiscal year and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company meets the requirements to be considered a smaller reporting company under SEC Regulation S-K and SEC Rule 405, and will adopt ASU 2016-13 effective January 1, 2023. The Company is evaluating the impact of the delay for adoption of ASU 2016-13, and is working with a third-party vendor solution to assist with the application of ASU 2016-13 and finalizing the loss estimation models to be used. Once management determines which methods will be utilized, a third party will be contracted to perform a model validation prior to adoption. While the Company anticipates the allowance for loan losses will increase under its current assumptions, it expects the impact of adopting ASU 2016-13 will be influenced by the composition, characteristics and quality of its loan and investment securities portfolios, as well as general economic conditions and forecasts at the adoption date. The other provisions of ASU 2019-10 were not applicable to the Company.
ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The update simplifies how all entities assess goodwill for impairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. As amended, the goodwill impairment test will consist of one step comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize a goodwill impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The adoption of this guidance, effective January 1, 2020, did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting ("ASU 2020-04"). ASU 2020-04 contains optional expedients and exceptions
83

Table of Contents
for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The optional expedients apply consistently to all contracts or transactions within the scope of this topic, while the optional expedients for hedging relationships can be elected on an individual basis. The Company has formed a cross-functional working group to lead the transition from LIBOR to a planned adoption of an alternate index. The Company has elected to replace LIBOR with the 30-Day Average SOFR or Term SOFR in its loan agreements. The Company is in the process of implementing fallback language for loans that will mature after 2021. The Company expects to adopt the LIBOR transition relief allowed under this standard, and is currently evaluating the potential impact of this guidance on its financial statements.

NOTE 2.    MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS AND BRANCH CONSOLIDATIONS
Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.
On May 1, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Hamilton Bank, based in Towson, Maryland. The Company acquired Hamilton to introduce our banking and financial services into the greater Baltimore area of Maryland.
Pursuant to the merger agreement, the Company issued 1,765,704 shares of its common stock and paid $14.2 million in cash for all outstanding shares of Hamilton stock and options vesting upon acquisition. Based on the Company's closing stock price of $20.74 on Tuesday, April 30, 2019, the consideration paid to acquire Hamilton totaled $50.8 million.
The fair value of assets acquired, excluding goodwill, totaled $494.0 million, including loans totaling $347.1 million. The fair value of liabilities assumed totaled $449.4 million, including deposits totaling $388.2 million. Goodwill represents consideration transferred in excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired. At May 1, 2019, the Company recognized $6.1 million in goodwill associated with the Hamilton acquisition. The goodwill resulting from the acquisition represents the value expected from the expansion of our market in the greater Baltimore area and the enhancement of our operations through client synergies and efficiencies, thereby providing enhanced client service. Goodwill acquired in the Hamilton acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.
The Hamilton acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, purchased assets, including identifiable intangible assets, and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. The fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information relative to closing date fair values becomes available. The Company finalized the fair values of loans, intangible assets, other assets, income taxes and liabilities associated with Hamilton as of May 1, 2020. Measurement period adjustments made from the date of acquisition through May 1, 2020 are summarized in Note 7 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The results of operations for the Company include Hamilton's results from and after May 1, 2019.
84

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the consideration paid for Hamilton and the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.
Fair value of consideration transferred:
Cash$14,197 
Common stock issued36,622 
Total consideration transferred$50,819 
Estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash and cash equivalents$43,140 
Securities available for sale60,882 
Restricted investments in bank stocks2,658 
Loans347,143 
Premises and equipment3,749 
Core deposit intangible4,550 
Goodwill6,132 
Cash surrender value of life insurance17,948 
Deferred tax asset, net7,257 
ROU lease asset2,793 
Other assets3,925 
Total assets acquired$500,177 
Deposits$(388,246)
Borrowings(51,393)
Other liabilities(9,719)
Total liabilities assumed$(449,358)

The determination of estimated fair values of the acquired loans required the Company to make certain estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature. Based on such factors as past due status, nonaccrual status, bankruptcy status, and credit risk ratings, the acquired loans were divided into loans with evidence of credit quality deterioration, which are accounted for under ASC 310-30 (purchased credit impaired), and loans that do not meet these criteria, which are accounted for under ASC 310-20 (purchased non-impaired). Expected cash flows, both principal and interest, were estimated based on key assumptions covering such factors as prepayments, default rates and severity of loss given default. These assumptions were developed using both Hamilton's historical experience and the portfolio characteristics as of the acquisition date as well as available market research. The fair value estimates for acquired loans were based on the amount and timing of expected principal, interest and other cash flows, including expected prepayments, discounted at prevailing market interest rates applicable to the types of acquired loans, which the Company considered to be level 3 fair value measurements. Deposit liabilities assumed in the Hamilton acquisition were segregated into two categories: time-deposits (i.e., deposit accounts with a stated maturity) and demand deposits, both using level 2 fair value measurements. In determining fair value of time deposits, the Company discounted the contractual cash flows of the deposit accounts using prevailing market interest rates for time deposit accounts of similar type and duration. For demand deposits, the acquisition date outstanding balance of the assumed demand deposit accounts approximates fair value. Acquisition date fair values for securities available for sale were determined using Level 1 or Level 2 inputs consistent with the methods discussed further in Note 20 - Fair Value. The remaining acquisition date fair values represent either Level 2 or Level 3 fair value measurements (premises and equipment and core deposit intangible).
The Company recognized a core deposit intangible of $4.6 million, which is being amortized using an accelerated method over a 10-year amortization period, consistent with expected future cash flows.
Loans acquired from Hamilton were measured at fair value at the acquisition date with no carryover of any ALL. Loans were segregated into those loans considered to be performing and those considered PCI. The following table presents performing and PCI loans acquired, by loan class, at May 1, 2019.
85

Table of Contents
Upon completion of the Hamilton acquisition, the Company sold the acquired investment portfolio and paid off acquired borrowings at the indicated fair value amounts in conjunction with its asset/liability management strategies.

PerformingPCITotal
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$42,148 $5,894 $48,042 
Non-owner occupied45,401 770 46,171 
Multi-family10,773  10,773 
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction7,450  7,450 
Commercial and land development4,528  4,528 
Commercial and industrial32,316 1,914 34,230 
Residential mortgage:
First lien152,657 10,494 163,151 
Home-equity - term4,478 1 4,479 
Home equity - lines of credit13,657  13,657 
Installment and other loans14,467 195 14,662 
Total loans acquired$327,875 $19,268 $347,143 


The following table presents the fair value adjustments made to the amortized cost basis of loans acquired at May 1, 2019.
Gross amortized cost basis at acquisition$362,125 
Market rate adjustment(5,309)
Credit fair value adjustment on non-credit impaired loans(3,947)
Credit fair value adjustment on impaired loans(5,726)
Estimated fair value of acquired loans$347,143 

The market rate adjustment represents the movement in market interest rates, irrespective of credit adjustments, compared to the contractual rates of the acquired loans. The credit fair value adjustment made on non-credit impaired loans represents the changes in credit quality of the underlying borrowers from loan inception to the acquisition date. The credit fair value adjustment on PCI loans is derived in accordance with ASC 310-30 and represents the portion of the loan balance that has been deemed uncollectible based on our expectations of future cash flows for each respective loan.
The following table provides information about acquired PCI loans at May 1, 2019.
Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition$31,599 
Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (nonaccretable discount)(8,834)
Expected cash flows at acquisition22,765 
Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable discount)(3,497)
Estimated fair value of acquired PCI loans$19,268 

Unaudited pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2019, would have totaled $20.9 million, and revenues would have totaled $102.5 million for the same period had the Hamilton acquisitions occurred January 1, 2019.
In connection with the acquisitions, the Company incurred merger related expenses that totaled $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The expenses consisted primarily of $2.0 million of investment banking, legal and consulting fees; $3.9 million of information systems expense, including canceling of contracts, and $2.1 million of other expenses, including payout of employee termination contracts, for the year ended December 31, 2019.
86

Table of Contents
Branch Consolidation
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized charges associated with the consolidation of six branch locations, the discontinuance of three loan production offices, a reduction in back-office real estate and staffing model adjustments. These actions were initiated due to evolving client preferences for the digital delivery of products and services. A charge of $1.6 million was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2020, which included $1.3 million related to branch consolidations.
In October, 2019, the Company announced the consolidation of five branches in Franklin and Perry Counties, Pennsylvania, into other, larger branches of the Bank, as part of its ongoing evaluation of branch profitability. The Company also announced the sale/leaseback of an operations center facility to eliminate approximately 50,000 square feet of excess back office space. The branch consolidations were completed in January 2020, and the sale of the operations center facility was completed in the second quarter of 2020.
In conjunction with the consolidation and operations center facility sale/leaseback, the Company recorded $988 thousand in expenses in the fourth quarter of 2019, consisting of $762 thousand in fixed asset write downs, $126 thousand in lease termination costs, and $100 thousand in severance and other costs. At December 31, 2019, fixed assets included in this consolidation, with an estimated fair value of $4.9 million, were held for sale and carried in other assets on the consolidated balances sheets.

NOTE 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, all investment securities were classified as AFS. The following table summarizes amortized cost and fair value of AFS securities, and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in AOCI at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
December 31, 2021
U.S. Treasury securities$20,084 $ $382 $19,702 
States and political subdivisions185,437 8,606 673 193,370 
GSE residential MBSs41,260 44 578 40,726 
GSE residential CMOs
66,430 436 944 65,922 
Non-agency CMOs30,676  978 29,698 
Asset-backed122,520 401 300 122,621 
Other399   399 
Totals$466,806 $9,487 $3,855 $472,438 
December 31, 2020
States and political subdivisions$104,704 $9,091 $1,125 $112,670 
GSE residential MBSs4,197 96 4,293 
GSE residential CMOs
56,856 2,226 1,071 58,011 
Non-agency CMOs16,505 413 — 16,918 
Private label commercial CMOs63,941 57 1,762 62,236 
Asset-backed214,425 171 2,630 211,966 
Other371 — — 371 
Totals$460,999 $12,054 $6,588 $466,465 

87

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2021 and 2020, aggregated by major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position.
 Less Than 12 Months12 Months or MoreTotal
# of Securities
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
# of Securities
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
# of Securities
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2021
U.S. Treasury securities3 $19,702 $382  $ $ 3 $19,702 $382 
States and political subdivisions12 45,522 673    12 45,522 673 
GSE residential MBSs9 37,899 578    9 37,899 578 
GSE residential CMOs7 41,163 944    7 41,163 944 
Non-agency CMOs3 24,661 978    3 24,661 978 
Asset-backed3 21,245 138 3 34,180 162 6 55,425 300 
Totals
37 $190,192 $3,693 3 $34,180 $162 40 $224,372 $3,855 
December 31, 2020
States and political subdivisions$9,079 $1,125 — $— $— $9,079 $1,125 
GSE residential CMOs
23,954 1,071 — — — 23,954 1,071 
Private label commercial CMOs4,314 685 10 42,403 1,077 11 46,717 1,762 
Asset-backed16,921 12 15 183,161 2,618 17 200,082 2,630 
Totals
$54,268 $2,893 25 $225,564 $3,695 32 $279,832 $6,588 

The Company determines whether unrealized losses are temporary in nature in accordance with FASB ASC 320-10, Investments - Overall, (“FASB ASC 320-10”) and FASB ASC 325-40, Investments – Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets, when applicable. The evaluation is based upon factors such as the creditworthiness of the underlying borrowers, performance of the underlying collateral, if applicable, and the level of credit support in the security structure. Management also evaluates other factors and circumstances that may be indicative of an OTTI condition. This includes, but is not limited to, an evaluation of the type of security, length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost and near-term prospects of the issuer.
FASB ASC 320-10 requires the Company to assess if an OTTI exists by considering whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery. If either of these situations applies, the guidance requires the Company to record an OTTI charge to earnings on debt securities for the difference between the amortized cost basis of the security and the fair value of the security. If neither of these situations applies, the Company is required to assess whether it is expected to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Company is not expected to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, the guidance requires the Company to bifurcate the identified OTTI into a credit loss component and a component representing loss related to other factors. A discount rate is applied which equals the effective yield of the security. The difference between the present value of the expected flows and the amortized book value is considered a credit loss, which would be recorded through earnings as an OTTI charge. When a market price is not readily available, the market value of the security is determined using the same expected cash flows; the discount rate is a rate the Company determines from the open market and other sources as appropriate for the security. The difference between the market value and the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated statements of financial condition.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had no cumulative OTTI. There were no OTTI charges recognized in earnings as a result of credit losses on investments in the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. During 2020, unrealized losses were substantially higher due to market uncertainty brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic. The sudden and desperate need for liquidity from many institutional pools of capital, combined with the global economic implications of the COVID-19 pandemic, caused significant widening of spreads. Market conditions improved in the second half of 2020 and into 2021 as the uncertainty dissipated with economies re-opening and the distribution of vaccines.
U.S. Treasury Securities. The unrealized losses presented in the table above have been caused by an increase in rates from the time these securities were purchased. Management considers the full faith and credit of the U.S. government in determining whether a security is OTTI. Because the Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell them before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider these securities to be OTTI at December 31, 2021. The Company did not hold U.S. Treasury Securities at December 31, 2020.
88

Table of Contents
States and Political Subdivisions. The unrealized losses presented in the table above have been caused by a widening of spreads and/or a rise in interest rates from the time these securities were purchased. Management considers the investment rating, the state of the issuer of the security and other credit support in determining whether the security is OTTI. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, management concluded that an OTTI did not exist on any of the aforementioned securities based upon its assessment. Management also concluded that it does not intend to sell nor will it be required to sell the securities, before their recovery, which may be maturity, and management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
GSE Residential CMOs and GSE Residential MBS. The unrealized losses presented in the table above have been caused by a widening of spreads and/or a rise in interest rates from the time these securities were purchased. The contractual terms of these securities do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than its par value basis. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, management concluded that an OTTI did not exist on any of the aforementioned securities based upon its assessment. Management also concluded that it does not intend to sell nor will it be required to sell the securities, before their recovery, which may be maturity, and management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
Non-agency CMOs. The unrealized losses presented in the table above were caused by a widening of spreads and/or a rise in interest rates from the time the securities were purchased. As of December 31, 2021, management concluded that an OTTI did not exist on any of the aforementioned securities based upon its assessment. Management also concluded that it does not intend to sell nor will it be required to sell the securities, before their recovery, which may be maturity, and management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities. The Company did not hold non-agency CMOs at December 31, 2020.
Private Label Commercial CMOs and Asset-backed. The unrealized losses presented in the table above have been caused by a widening of spreads from the time the securities were purchased. Management considers the investment rating and other credit support in determining whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired. Because the Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell them before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider these securities to be OTTI at December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company did not hold private label commercial CMOs at December 31, 2021.
The following table summarizes amortized cost and fair value of investment securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2021. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown separately.
Amortized CostFair Value
Due in one year or less$ $ 
Due after one year through five years3,382 3,718 
Due after five years through ten years78,759 79,801 
Due after ten years123,779 129,952 
CMOs and MBSs138,366 136,346 
Asset-backed122,520 122,621 
$466,806 $472,438 
The following table summarizes proceeds from sales of investment securities and gross gains and gross losses for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
202120202019
Proceeds from sale of investment securities$149,038 $— $199,429 
Gross gains1,847 — 4,974 
Gross losses1,209 16 225 
During the year ended December 31, 2021, net investment security gains of $638 thousand were recorded compared to a net loss of $16 thousand recorded to adjust an equity security to market value for year ended December 31, 2020 and net investment security gains of $4.7 million for year ended December 31, 2019. Investment securities with a fair value of $295.6 million and $398.7 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

89

Table of Contents
NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
Consistent with ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Loan Losses, the Company's loan portfolio is grouped into segments, which are further broken down into classes to allow management to monitor the performance by the borrower and to monitor the yield on the portfolio.
The risks associated with lending activities differ among the various loan classes and are subject to the impact of changes in interest rates, market conditions of collateral securing the loans, and general economic conditions. All of these factors may adversely impact both the borrower’s ability to repay its loans and associated collateral.
The Company has various types of commercial real estate loans, which have differing levels of credit risk. Owner occupied commercial real estate loans are generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business, with the cash flows generated from the business being the primary source of repayment of the loan. If the business suffers a downturn in sales or profitability, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan could be in jeopardy.
Non-owner occupied and multi-family commercial real estate loans and non-owner occupied residential loans present a different credit risk to the Company than owner occupied commercial real estate loans, as the repayment of the loan is dependent upon the borrower’s ability to generate a sufficient level of occupancy to produce rental income that exceeds debt service requirements and operating expenses. Lower occupancy or lease rates may result in a reduction in cash flows, which hinders the ability of the borrower to meet debt service requirements, and may result in lower collateral values. The Company generally recognizes that greater risk is inherent in these credit relationships as compared to owner occupied loans mentioned above.
Acquisition and development loans consist of 1-4 family residential construction and commercial and land development loans. The risk of loss on these loans is largely dependent on the Company’s ability to assess the property’s value at the completion of the project, which should exceed the property’s construction costs. During the construction phase, a number of factors could potentially negatively impact the collateral value, including cost overruns, delays in completing the project, competition, and real estate market conditions which may change based on the supply of similar properties in the area. In the event the collateral value at the completion of the project is not sufficient to cover the outstanding loan balance, the Company must rely upon other repayment sources, if any, including the guarantors of the project or other collateral securing the loan.
Commercial and industrial loans include advances to local and regional businesses for general commercial purposes and include permanent and short-term working capital, machinery and equipment financing, and may be either in the form of lines of credit or term loans. Although commercial and industrial loans may be unsecured to our highest-rated borrowers, the majority of these loans are secured by the borrower’s accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment. In a significant number of these loans, the collateral also includes the business real estate or the business owner’s personal real estate or assets. Commercial and industrial loans present credit exposure to the Company, as they are more susceptible to risk of loss during a downturn in the economy as borrowers may have greater difficulty in meeting their debt service requirements and the value of the collateral may decline. The Company attempts to mitigate this risk through its underwriting standards, including evaluating the creditworthiness of the borrower and, to the extent available, credit ratings on the business. Additionally, monitoring of the loans through annual renewals and meetings with the borrowers are typical. However, these procedures cannot eliminate the risk of loss associated with commercial and industrial lending. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, commercial and industrial loans include $189.9 million and $403.3 million, respectively, of loans, net of deferred fees and costs, originated through the SBA PPP.
Municipal loans consist of extensions of credit to municipalities and school districts within the Company’s market area. These loans generally present a lower risk than commercial and industrial loans, as they are generally secured by the municipality’s full taxing authority, by revenue obligations, or by its ability to raise assessments on its clients for a specific utility.
The Company originates loans to its retail clients, including fixed-rate and adjustable first lien mortgage loans with the underlying 1-4 family owner occupied residential property securing the loan. The Company’s risk exposure is minimized in these types of loans through the evaluation of the creditworthiness of the borrower, including credit scores and debt-to-income ratios, and underwriting standards which limit the loan-to-value ratio to generally no more than 80% upon loan origination, unless the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance.
Home equity loans, including term loans and lines of credit, present a slightly higher risk to the Company than 1-4 family first liens, as these loans can be first or second liens on 1-4 family owner occupied residential property, but can have loan-to-value ratios of no greater than 85% of the value of the real estate taken as collateral. The creditworthiness of the borrower is considered including credit scores and debt-to-income ratios.
90

Table of Contents
Installment and other loans’ credit risk are mitigated through prudent underwriting standards, including evaluation of the creditworthiness of the borrower through credit scores and debt-to-income ratios and, if secured, the collateral value of the assets. These loans can be unsecured or secured by assets the value of which may depreciate quickly or may fluctuate, and may present a greater risk to the Company than 1-4 family residential loans.
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was enacted. The CARES Act established the SBA PPP. The SBA PPP is intended to provide economic relief to small businesses nationwide adversely impacted under the COVID-19 Emergency Declaration issued on March 13, 2020. The SBA PPP, which began on April 3, 2020, provided small businesses with funds to cover up to 24 weeks of payroll costs and other expenses, including benefits. It also provides for forgiveness of up to the full principal amount of qualifying loans. Through December 31, 2020, the Bank closed and funded almost 3,200 loans for a total gross loan amount of $467.7 million. These loans resulted in net processing fees of $13.5 million to be recognized through net interest income over the life of the loans, which is between two and five years. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Bank closed and funded almost 3,300 PPP loans for a total loan amount of $231.7 million. In total, the Bank closed and funded almost 6,500 PPP loans for a total gross loan amount of $699.4 million. The loans originated in 2021 resulted in net processing fees of $12.3 million. At December 31, 2021, the Bank has $5.5 million of net deferred SBA PPP fees remaining to be recognized through net interest income over the life of the loans. The timing of the recognition of these fees is dependent upon the loan forgiveness process established by the SBA. As these loans are 100% guaranteed by the SBA, there is no associated allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2021.
In an effort to assist clients that were negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank offered various mitigation options, including a loan payment deferral program. Under this program, most commercial deferrals were for a 90-day period, while most consumer deferrals were for a 180-day period. Commercial and consumer deferrals totaled zero and $56 thousand, respectively, at December 31, 2021 and $15.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2020. In accordance with the revised Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications by Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus issued by the federal bank regulatory agencies on April 7, 2020, these deferrals are exempt from TDR status as they meet the specified requirements.
The following table presents the loan portfolio by segment and class, excluding residential LHFS, at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
20212020
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$238,668 $174,908 
Non-owner occupied551,783 409,567 
Multi-family93,255 113,635 
Non-owner occupied residential106,112 114,505 
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction12,279 9,486 
Commercial and land development93,925 51,826 
Commercial and industrial (1)
485,728 647,368 
Municipal14,989 20,523 
Residential mortgage:
First lien198,831 244,321 
Home equity – term6,081 10,169 
Home equity – lines of credit160,705 157,021 
Installment and other loans17,630 26,361 
Total loans$1,979,986 $1,979,690 
(1) This balance includes $189.9 million and $403.3 million of SBA PPP loans, net of deferred fees and costs, at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
In order to monitor ongoing risk associated with its loan portfolio and specific loans within the segments, management uses an internal grading system. The first several rating categories, representing the lowest risk to the Bank, are combined and given a “Pass” rating. Management generally follows regulatory definitions in assigning criticized ratings to loans, including "Special Mention," "Substandard," "Doubtful" or "Loss." The Special Mention category includes loans that have potential weaknesses that may, if not monitored or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank's position at some future date. These assets pose elevated risk, but their weakness does not yet justify a more severe, or classified rating. Substandard loans are classified as they have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize liquidation of the debt. These loans are
91

Table of Contents
characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Substandard loans include loans that management has determined not to be impaired, as well as loans considered to be impaired. A Doubtful loan has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset, its classification as Loss is deferred. Loss loans are considered uncollectible, as the borrowers are often in bankruptcy, have suspended debt repayments, or have ceased business operations. Once a loan is classified as Loss, there is little prospect of collecting the loan’s principal or interest and it is charged-off.
The Company has a loan review policy and program, which is designed to identify and monitor risk in the lending function. The Management ERM Committee, comprised of executive and senior officers and loan department personnel, is charged with the oversight of overall credit quality and risk exposure of the Company's loan portfolio. This includes the monitoring of the lending activities of all Company personnel with respect to underwriting and processing new loans and the timely follow-up and corrective action for loans showing signs of deterioration in quality. A loan review program provides the Company with an independent review of the commercial loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. Generally, consumer and residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as extended delinquencies, bankruptcy, repossession or death of the borrower occurs, which heightens awareness as to a possible credit event.
Internal loan reviews are completed annually on all commercial relationships with a committed loan balance in excess of $1.0 million, which includes confirmation of risk rating by an independent credit officer. In addition, all commercial relationships greater than $500 thousand rated substandard, doubtful or loss are reviewed quarterly and corresponding risk ratings are changed or reaffirmed by the Company's Problem Loan Committee, with subsequent reporting to the Management ERM Committee and the Board of Directors.
The following summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio ratings based on its internal risk rating system at December 31, 2021 and 2020:
Pass
Special
Mention
Non-Impaired
Substandard
Impaired -
Substandard
DoubtfulPCI LoansTotal
December 31, 2021
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$219,250 $7,239 $6,087 $3,763 $ $2,329 $238,668 
Non-owner occupied528,010 23,297 166   310 551,783 
Multi-family84,414 8,238 603    93,255 
Non-owner occupied residential102,588 1,065 1,153 122  1,184 106,112 
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction12,279      12,279 
Commercial and land development92,049 1,385 491    93,925 
Commercial and industrial470,579 7,917 4,720 250  2,262 485,728 
Municipal14,989      14,989 
Residential mortgage:
First lien191,386  225 2,635  4,585 198,831 
Home equity – term6,058   7  16 6,081 
Home equity – lines of credit160,203 20 46 436   160,705 
Installment and other loans17,584   40  6 17,630 
$1,899,389 $49,161 $13,491 $7,253 $ $10,692 $1,979,986 
92

Table of Contents
December 31, 2020
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$148,846 $12,491 $7,855 $3,260 $— $2,456 $174,908 
Non-owner occupied351,860 57,378 — — — 329 409,567 
Multi-family92,769 20,224 642 — — — 113,635 
Non-owner occupied residential107,557 3,948 1,422 268 — 1,310 114,505 
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction
9,101 385 — — — — 9,486 
Commercial and land development49,832 655 525 814 — — 51,826 
Commercial and industrial617,213 17,561 6,118 3,639 — 2,837 647,368 
Municipal20,523 — — — — — 20,523 
Residential mortgage:
First lien236,381 — — 2,628 — 5,312 244,321 
Home equity – term10,076 — 64 10 — 19 10,169 
Home equity – lines of credit156,264 95 54 608 — — 157,021 
Installment and other loans26,283 — — 17 — 61 26,361 
$1,826,705 $112,737 $16,680 $11,244 $— $12,324 $1,979,690 

For commercial real estate, acquisition and development, and commercial and industrial loans, a loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Generally, loans that are more than 90 days past due are deemed impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed to determine if the loan should be placed on nonaccrual status. Nonaccrual loans in the commercial and commercial real estate portfolios and any TDRs are, by definition, deemed to be impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial, construction and restructured loans by either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral. For loans that are deemed to be impaired for extended periods of time, periodic updates on fair values are obtained, which may include updated appraisals. Updated fair values are incorporated into the impairment analysis in the next reporting period.
Loan charge-offs, which may include partial charge-offs, are taken on an impaired loan that is collateral dependent if the loan’s carrying balance exceeds its collateral’s appraised value, the loan has been identified as uncollectible, and it is deemed to be a confirmed loss. Typically, impaired loans with a charge-off or partial charge-off will continue to be considered impaired, unless the note is split into two, and management expects the performing note to continue to perform and is adequately secured. The second, or non-performing note, would be charged-off. Generally, an impaired loan with a partial charge-off may continue to have an impairment reserve on it after the partial charge-off, if factors warrant.
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, nearly all of the Company’s loan impairments were measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral securing the loan, except for TDRs. By definition, TDRs are considered impaired. All TDR impairment analyses are initially based on discounted cash flows for those loans. For real estate loans, collateral generally consists of commercial real estate, but in the case of commercial and industrial loans, it could also consist of accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other business assets. Commercial and industrial loans may also have real estate collateral.
Updated appraisals are generally required every 18 months for classified commercial loans in excess of $250 thousand. The “as is" value provided in the appraisal is often used as the fair value of the collateral in determining impairment, unless
93

Table of Contents
circumstances, such as subsequent improvements, approvals, or other circumstances, dictate that another value than that provided by the appraiser is more appropriate.
Generally, impaired commercial loans secured by real estate, other than performing TDRs, are measured at fair value using certified real estate appraisals that had been completed within the last 18 months. Appraised values are discounted for estimated costs to sell the property and other selling considerations to arrive at the property’s fair value. In those situations, in which it is determined an updated appraisal is not required for loans individually evaluated for impairment, fair values are based on either an existing appraisal or a discounted cash flow analysis as determined by management. The approaches are discussed below:
Existing appraisal – if the existing appraisal provides a strong loan-to-value ratio (generally 70% or lower) and, after consideration of market conditions and knowledge of the property and area, it is determined by the Credit Administration staff that there has not been a significant deterioration in the collateral value, the existing certified appraised value may be used. Discounts to the appraised value, as deemed appropriate for selling costs, are factored into the fair value.
Discounted cash flows – in limited cases, discounted cash flows may be used on projects in which the collateral is liquidated to reduce the borrowings outstanding, and is used to validate collateral values derived from other approaches.
Collateral on certain impaired loans is not limited to real estate, and may consist of accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other business assets. Estimated fair values a determined based on borrowers’ financial statements, inventory ledgers, accounts receivable agings or appraisals from individuals with knowledge in the business. Stated balances are generally discounted for the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets. In determining fair value, liquidation discounts are applied to this collateral based on existing loan valuation policies.
The Company distinguishes substandard loans on both an impaired and non-impaired basis, as it places less emphasis on a loan’s classification, and increased reliance on whether the loan was performing in accordance with the contractual terms. A substandard classification does not automatically meet the definition of impaired. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard loans, does not have to exist in individual extensions of credit classified as substandard. As a result, the Company’s methodology includes an evaluation of certain accruing commercial real estate, acquisition and development, and commercial and industrial loans rated substandard to be collectively evaluated for impairment. Although the Company believes these loans meet the definition of substandard, they are generally performing and management has concluded that it is likely the Company will be able to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.
Larger groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Generally, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to financial difficulties of the borrower.
94

Table of Contents
The following table, which excludes accruing PCI loans, summarizes impaired loans by segment and class, segregated by those for which a specific allowance was required and those for which a specific allowance was not required at December 31, 2021 and 2020. The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable due to insignificance. Related allowances established generally pertain to those loans in which loan forbearance agreements were in the process of being negotiated or updated appraisals were pending and any partial charge-off will be recorded when final information is received.
 
 Impaired Loans with a Specific AllowanceImpaired Loans with No Specific Allowance
Recorded
Investment
(Book Balance)
Unpaid
Principal Balance
(Legal Balance)
Related
Allowance
Recorded
Investment
(Book Balance)
Unpaid
Principal Balance
(Legal Balance)
December 31, 2021
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$ $ $ $3,763 $4,902 
Non-owner occupied residential   122 259 
Commercial and industrial   250 547 
Residential mortgage:
First lien341 341 28 2,294 3,337 
Home equity—term   7 10 
Home equity—lines of credit   436 653 
Installment and other loans   40 40 
$341 $341 $28 $6,912 $9,748 
December 31, 2020
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$— $— $— $3,260 $4,091 
Non-owner occupied residential— — — 268 393 
Acquisition and development:
Commercial and land development— — — 814 875 
Commercial and industrial— — — 3,639 4,269 
Residential mortgage:
First lien424 508 33 2,204 3,264 
Home equity—term— — — 10 13 
Home equity—lines of credit— — — 608 832 
Installment and other loans— — — 17 18 
$424 $508 $33 $10,820 $13,755 

95

Table of Contents
The following table, which excludes accruing PCI loans, summarizes the average recorded investment in impaired loans and related recognized interest income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
 202120202019
Average
Impaired
Balance
Interest
Income
Recognized
Average
Impaired
Balance
Interest
Income
Recognized
Average
Impaired
Balance
Interest
Income
Recognized
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$3,825 $1 $4,636 $$2,455 $
Non-owner occupied  83 — 46 — 
Multi-family  205 — 152 — 
Non-owner occupied residential225  388 — 217 — 
Acquisition and development:
Commercial and land development187  641 — 21 — 
Commercial and industrial3,030  1,196 — 683 — 
Residential mortgage:
First lien2,539 43 2,995 48 2,582 50 
Home equity – term11  11 — 13 — 
Home equity – lines of credit521  692 750 
Installment and other loans25  25 — 13 — 
$10,363 $44 $10,872 $50 $6,932 $54 

The following table presents impaired loans that are TDRs, with the recorded investment at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
 
 20212020
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
Accruing:
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied $ $28 
Residential mortgage:
First lien8 804 898 
Home equity - lines of credit  
8 804 11 934 
Nonaccruing:
Residential mortgage:
First lien5 285 320 
5 285 320 
13 $1,089 16 $1,254 


96

Table of Contents
The following table presents the number of loans modified as TDRs, and their pre-modification and post-modification investment balances for the year ended December 31, 2019. There were no loans modified as TDRs during 2021 and 2020.
Number of
Contracts
Pre-
Modification
Investment
Balance
Post-
Modification
Investment
Balance
December 31, 2019
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$1,866 $1,881 

The loans presented in the table above were considered TDRs as a result of the Company agreeing to below market interest rates given the risk of the transaction; allowing the loan to remain on interest only status; or a reduction in interest rates, in order to give the borrowers an opportunity to improve their cash flows. For new and accruing TDRs, impairment is generally assessed using a discounted cash flow analysis. For TDRs in default of their modified terms, impairment is generally determined on a collateral dependent approach. Certain loans modified during a period may no longer be outstanding at the end of the period if the loan was paid off.

97

Table of Contents
Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the length of time a portfolio is past due, by aggregating loans based on their delinquencies. The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by aging categories of performing loans and nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
  Days Past Due   
Current30-5960-89
90+
(still accruing)
Total
Past Due
Non-
Accrual
Total
Loans
December 31, 2021
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$231,371 $314 $ $891 $1,205 $3,763 $236,339 
Non-owner occupied551,473      551,473 
Multi-family93,255      93,255 
Non-owner occupied residential104,645 161   161 122 104,928 
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction12,279      12,279 
Commercial and land development93,793 132   132  93,925 
Commercial and industrial483,088 128   128 250 483,466 
Municipal14,989      14,989 
Residential mortgage:
First lien189,043 2,995 281 96 3,372 1,831 194,246 
Home equity – term6,042 16   16 7 6,065 
Home equity – lines of credit159,628 641   641 436 160,705 
Installment and other loans17,467 109 8  117 40 17,624 
Subtotal1,957,073 4,496 289 987 5,772 6,449 1,969,294 
Loans acquired with credit deterioration:
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied2,329      2,329 
Non-owner occupied310      310 
Non-owner occupied residential
479  587 118 705  1,184 
Commercial and industrial2,262      2,262 
Residential mortgage:
First lien3,937 387 166 95 648  4,585 
Home equity – term15   1 1  16 
Installment and other loans6      6 
Subtotal9,338 387 753 214 1,354  10,692 
$1,966,411 $4,883 $1,042 $1,201 $7,126 $6,449 $1,979,986 
98

Table of Contents
Days Past Due
Current30-5960-89
90+
(still accruing)
Total
Past Due
Non-
Accrual
Total
Loans
December 31, 2020
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$168,262 $958 $— $— $958 $3,232 $172,452 
Non-owner occupied409,130 108 — — 108 — 409,238 
Multi-family113,635 — — — — — 113,635 
Non-owner occupied residential112,443 484 — — 484 268 113,195 
Acquisition and development:
1-4 family residential construction9,486 — — — — — 9,486 
Commercial and land development50,922 32 58 — 90 814 51,826 
Commercial and industrial640,573 310 — 319 3,639 644,531 
Municipal19,677 846 — — 846 — 20,523 
Residential mortgage:
First lien230,903 5,758 535 83 6,376 1,730 239,009 
Home equity – term10,099 40 — 41 10 10,150 
Home equity – lines of credit156,153 268 — — 268 600 157,021 
Installment and other loans26,052 168 49 14 231 17 26,300 
Subtotal1,947,335 8,671 952 98 9,721 10,310 1,967,366 
Loans acquired with credit deterioration:
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied2,456 — — — — — 2,456 
Non-owner occupied329 — — — — — 329 
Non-owner occupied residential1,161 — — 149 149 — 1,310 
Commercial and industrial2,837 — — — — — 2,837 
Residential mortgage:
First lien4,341 655 307 971 — 5,312 
Home equity – term19 — — — — — 19 
Installment and other loans57 — — — 61 
Subtotal11,200 659 456 1,124 — 12,324 
$1,958,535 $9,330 $961 $554 $10,845 $10,310 $1,979,690 

The Company maintains its ALL at a level management believes adequate for probable incurred credit losses. The ALL is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. On a quarterly basis, management assesses the adequacy of the ALL utilizing a defined methodology which considers specific credit evaluation of impaired loans as discussed above, historical loan loss experience, and qualitative factors. Management believes its approach properly addresses relevant accounting guidance for loans individually identified as impaired and for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, and other bank regulatory guidance.
In connection with its quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the ALL, management reviews its methodology to determine if it properly addresses the current risk in the loan portfolio. For each loan class, general allowances based on quantitative factors, principally historical loss trends, are provided for loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment. An adjustment to historical loss factors may be incorporated for delinquency and other potential risk not elsewhere defined within the ALL methodology.
99

Table of Contents
In addition to this quantitative analysis, adjustments to the ALL requirements are allocated on loans collectively evaluated for impairment based on additional qualitative factors, including:
Nature and Volume of Loans – including loan growth in the current and subsequent quarters based on the Company’s targeted growth and strategic plan, coupled with the types of loans booked based on risk management and credit culture; the number of exceptions to loan policy; and supervisory loan to value exceptions.
Concentrations of Credit and Changes within Credit Concentrations – including the composition of the Company’s overall portfolio makeup and management's evaluation related to concentration risk management and the inherent risk associated with the concentrations identified.
Underwriting Standards and Recovery Practices – including changes to underwriting standards and perceived impact on anticipated losses; trends in the number of exceptions to loan policy; supervisory loan to value exceptions; and administration of loan recovery practices.
Delinquency Trends – including delinquency percentages noted in the portfolio relative to economic conditions; severity of the delinquencies; and whether the ratios are trending upwards or downwards.
Classified Loans Trends – including internal loan ratings of the portfolio; severity of the ratings; whether the loan segment’s ratings show a more favorable or less favorable trend; and underlying market conditions and impact on the collateral values securing the loans.
Experience, Ability and Depth of Management/Lending staff – including the years’ experience of senior and middle management and the lending staff; turnover of the staff; and instances of repeat criticisms of ratings.
Quality of Loan Review – including the years of experience of the loan review staff; in-house versus outsourced provider of review; turnover of staff and the perceived quality of their work in relation to other external information.
National and Local Economic Conditions – including trends in the consumer price index, unemployment rates, the housing price index, housing statistics compared to the prior year, bankruptcy rates, regulatory and legal environment risks and competition. During the year ended December 31, 2020, this factor was increased for the commercial and consumer portfolios to account for the negative economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and subsequently reduced during the year ended December 31, 2021.
All factors noted above were evaluated and remained unchanged during the year ended December 31, 2021, except for reductions in Classified Loans Trends to unwind the adjustment from 2020 for commercial loans previously downgraded and National and Local Economic Conditions to reverse the adjustment from 2020 applied to consumer portfolios, both negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in Concentrations of Credit and Changes within Credit Concentrations caused by significant growth in commercial real estate loans during the year ended December 31, 2021.
COVID-19 – during 2020, a qualitative allocation was implemented associated with the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company's commercial loan portfolio. The factor assumes downgrades of loans which were granted deferrals or forbearances based upon identified hardships resulting from the economic shutdown driven by the pandemic. The qualitative reserve on these loans was reduced over time as sustained performance was demonstrated after the loans were removed from deferral status or the forbearance period has ended. For the year ended December 31, 2021, this qualitative reserve was reduced by $2.7 million to zero.

100

Table of Contents
The following table presents activity in the ALL for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
 CommercialConsumer  
Commercial
Real Estate
Acquisition
and
Development
Commercial
and
Industrial
MunicipalTotal
Residential
Mortgage
Installment
and Other
TotalUnallocatedTotal
December 31, 2021
Balance, beginning of year
$11,151 $1,114 $3,942 $40 $16,247 $3,362 $324 $3,686 $218 $20,151 
Provision for loan losses710 938 23 (10)1,661 (517)(73)(590)19 1,090 
Charge-offs(293) (663) (956)(92)(70)(162) (1,118)
Recoveries469 10 512  991 32 34 66  1,057 
Balance, end of year
$12,037 $2,062 $3,814 $30 $17,943 $2,785 $215 $3,000 $237 $21,180 
December 31, 2020
Balance, beginning of year
$7,634 $959 $2,356 $100 $11,049 $3,147 $319 $3,466 $140 $14,655 
Provision for loan losses2,745 146 2,096 (60)4,927 203 117 320 78 5,325 
Charge-offs(3)— (748)— (751)(114)(146)(260)— (1,011)
Recoveries775 238 — 1,022 126 34 160 — 1,182 
Balance, end of year
$11,151 $1,114 $3,942 $40 $16,247 $3,362 $324 $3,686 $218 $20,151 
December 31, 2019
Balance, beginning of year
$6,876 $817 $1,656 $98 $9,447 $3,753 $244 $3,997 $570 $14,014 
Provision for loan losses515 139 841 1,497 (347)180 (167)(430)900 
Charge-offs(25)— (299)— (324)(386)(155)(541)— (865)
Recoveries268 158 — 429 127 50 177 — 606 
Balance, end of year
$7,634 $959 $2,356 $100 $11,049 $3,147 $319 $3,466 $140 $14,655 

101

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the ending loan balances individually evaluated for impairment based upon loan segment, as well as the related ALL loss allocation for each at December 31, 2021 and 2020. Accruing PCI loans are excluded from loans individually evaluated for impairment.
 CommercialConsumer  
Commercial
Real Estate
Acquisition
and
Development
Commercial
and
Industrial
MunicipalTotal
Residential
Mortgage
Installment
and Other
TotalUnallocatedTotal
December 31, 2021
Loans allocated by:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$3,885 $ $250 $ $4,135 $3,078 $40 $3,118 $ $7,253 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
985,933 106,204 485,478 14,989 1,592,604 362,539 17,590 380,129  1,972,733 
$989,818 $106,204 $485,728 $14,989 $1,596,739 $365,617 $17,630 $383,247 $ $1,979,986 
Allowance for loan losses allocated by:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$ $ $ $ $ $28 $ $28 $ $28 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
12,037 2,062 3,814 30 17,943 2,757 215 2,972 237 21,152 
$12,037 $2,062 $3,814 $30 $17,943 $2,785 $215 $3,000 $237 $21,180 
December 31, 2020
Loans allocated by:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$3,528 $814 $3,639 $— $7,981 $3,246 $17 $3,263 $— $11,244 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
809,087 60,498 643,729 20,523 1,533,837 408,265 26,344 434,609 — 1,968,446 
$812,615 $61,312 $647,368 $20,523 $1,541,818 $411,511 $26,361 $437,872 $— $1,979,690 
Allowance for loan losses allocated by:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$— $— $— $— $— $33 $— $33 $— $33 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
11,151 1,114 3,942 40 16,247 3,329 324 3,653 218 20,118 
$11,151 $1,114 $3,942 $40 $16,247 $3,362 $324 $3,686 $218 $20,151 

The following table provides activity for the accretable yield of purchased impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
20212020
Accretable yield, beginning of period$3,438 $6,950 
Additions (1)
 570 
Accretion of income(1,093)(3,457)
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference due to improvement in expected cash flows160 1,871 
Other changes, net (2)
156 (2,496)
Accretable yield, end of period$2,661 $3,438 

(1) The amount for the year ended December 31, 2020 reflects a measurement period adjustment for Hamilton loans that should have been in the PCI pool at the acquisition date.
(2) The amount for the year ended December 31, 2020 represents the impact of purchased credit impaired loans sold during that year.
102

Table of Contents
NOTE 5. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
The following table summarizes premises and equipment at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
20212020
Land$8,586 $8,586 
Buildings and improvements27,852 27,569 
Leasehold improvements5,593 6,570 
Furniture and equipment23,681 23,254 
Construction in progress171 115 
65,883 66,094 
Less accumulated depreciation31,838 30,945 
$34,045 $35,149 
Depreciation expense totaled $2.3 million, $3.2 million, and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

NOTE 6. LEASES
A lease provides the lessee the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company has primarily entered into operating leases for branches and office space. Most of the Company's leases contain renewal options, which the Company is reasonably certain to exercise. Including renewal options, the Company's leases range from 6 to 31 years. Operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are included in other assets and accrued interest and other liabilities on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.
The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate to determine the present value of the lease payments, as the rate implicit in the Company's leases is not readily determinable. Lease agreements that contain non-lease components are generally accounted for as a single lease component, while variable costs, such as common area maintenance expenses and property taxes, are expensed as incurred.
The following table summarizes the Company's right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Operating lease ROU assets$10,515 $8,686 
Operating lease ROU liabilities11,119 9,143 
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)14.616.8
Weighted-average discount rate4.1 %4.3 %

The following table presents information related to the Company's operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Cash paid for operating lease liabilities$1,266 $1,202 
Operating lease expense1,544 1,620 

103

Table of Contents
The following table presents maturities of the Company's lease liabilities by year.
2022$1,163 
20231,216 
20241,246 
20251,269 
20261,302 
Thereafter9,687 
15,883 
Less: imputed interest4,764 
Total lease liabilities$11,119 

NOTE 7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table presents changes in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
20212020
Balance, beginning of year$18,724 $19,925 
Adjustments to acquired goodwill (1)
 (1,201)
Balance, end of year$18,724 $18,724 
(1) The Company finalized its purchase accounting adjustments associated with Hamilton as of May 1, 2020.

Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for potential impairment on at least an annual basis, with testing between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that could potentially reduce the fair value of a reporting unit.
The Company completes its annual goodwill impairment assessment as of November 30. The Company conducted its last annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30, 2021 using generally accepted valuation methods. As a result of that impairment test, no goodwill impairment was identified. No changes occurred that would impact the results of that analysis through December 31, 2021.
The following tables present changes in and components of other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
20212020
Balance, beginning of year$5,458 $7,180 
Amortization expense(1,275)(1,569)
Impairment (153)
Balance, end of year$4,183 $5,458 

20212020
Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationGross Carrying AmountAccumulated Amortization
Amortized intangible assets:
Core deposit intangibles$8,390 $4,208 $8,390 $2,935 
Other client relationship intangibles25 24 25 22 
Total$8,415 $4,232 $8,415 $2,957 

No impairment charge was recorded on other intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2020, other client relationship intangibles with a gross carrying amount of $149 thousand were fully
104

Table of Contents
amortized and there was a further reduction of the gross carrying amount of $350 thousand due to the dissolution of Wheatland, which resulted in an impairment charge of $153 thousand.
The following table presents future estimated aggregate amortization expense at December 31, 2021.
2022$1,105 
2023935 
2024766 
2025596 
2026427 
Thereafter354 
$4,183 
The Company incurred amortization expense of $1.3 million, $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively, in the years ending December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

NOTE 8. INCOME TAXES
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the State of Maryland. The Company is no longer subject to tax examination by tax authorities for years before 2018.
The following table summarizes income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
202120202019
Current expense$7,072 $6,602 $934 
Deferred expense (benefit)942 (554)1,776 
Income tax expense$8,014 $6,048 $2,710 
The following table reconciles the Company's effective income tax rate to its statutory federal rate for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
202120202019
Statutory federal tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
State taxes, net of federal benefit1.1 1.0 (0.1)
Tax exempt interest income(1.7)(2.0)(4.2)
Income from life insurance(0.9)(1.1)(1.7)
Disallowed interest expense 0.1 0.3 
Low-income housing credits and related expense(0.2)(0.8)(1.3)
Merger related — 0.7 
Other0.3 0.4 (0.9)
Effective income tax rate19.6 %18.6 %13.8 %
Income tax expense includes $134 thousand related to net security gains for the year ended December 31, 2021, $3 thousand related to net security losses for the year ended December 31, 2020, and $997 thousand related to net security gains for the year ended December 31, 2019.
The Company recognizes, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes in the results of operations. There were no penalties or interest related to income taxes recorded in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and no amounts accrued for penalties at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
105

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2021, and 2020.
20212020
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses$4,655 $4,457 
Deferred compensation515 578 
Retirement and salary continuation plans2,633 2,536 
Share-based compensation681 735 
Off-balance sheet reserves353 345 
Nonaccrual loan interest220 395 
Deferred loan fees1,604 1,483 
Net unrealized losses on interest rate swaps 258 
Purchase accounting adjustments1,236 1,886 
Bonus accrual930 622 
ROU liability2,444 2,003 
Net operating loss carryforward2,218 2,472 
Other67 448 
Total deferred tax assets17,556 18,218 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation368 74 
Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale1,183 1,148 
Mortgage servicing rights887 614 
Purchase accounting adjustments915 1,206 
ROU Asset2,311 1,903 
Other244 340 
Total deferred tax liabilities5,908 5,285 
Net deferred tax asset, included in other assets$11,648 $12,933 

At December 31, 2021, the Company had acquired federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $10.1 million each, subject to annual loss limitation limits, that expire beginning in 2033. A deferred tax asset is recognized for these carryforwards because the benefit is more likely than not to be realized.
FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes, (“ASC 740”) clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The minimum threshold is defined in ASC 740 as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. ASC 740 was applied to all existing tax positions upon initial adoption. There was no liability for uncertain tax positions and no known unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2021 or 2020.

NOTE 9. RETIREMENT PLANS
The Company maintains a 401(k) profit-sharing plan for all qualified employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) profit-sharing plan following completion of one month of service and attaining age 18. Pursuant to the 401(k) profit-sharing plan, employees can contribute up to the lesser of $58 thousand, or 100% of their compensation. Substantially all of the Company’s employees are covered by the plan, which contains limited match or safe harbor provisions. The Company will match 50% of the first 6% of the base contribution that an employee contributes. The Company’s match is immediately vested and paid at the end of the year. Employer contributions to the plan are based on the performance of the Company and are at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Employer contribution expense totaled $669 thousand, $626 thousand and $590 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company has deferred compensation agreements with certain present and former directors, whereby a director or his beneficiaries will receive a monthly retirement benefit beginning at age 65. The arrangement is funded by an amount of life
106

Table of Contents
insurance on the participating director, which is calculated to meet the Company’s obligations under the compensation agreement. The cash value of the life insurance policies is an unrestricted asset of the Company. The estimated present value of future benefits to be paid totaled $36 thousand and $53 thousand at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Expense for this plan totaled $5 thousand, $7 thousand and $8 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company also has supplemental discretionary deferred compensation plans for directors and executive officers. The plans are funded annually with director fees and salary reductions which are either placed in a trust account invested by the Bank’s OFA division or recognized as a liability. The trust account balance totaled $2.3 million and $2.5 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and is directly offset in other liabilities. Expense for these plans totaled $61 thousand for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
In addition, the Company has two supplemental retirement and salary continuation plans for directors and executive officers. These plans are funded with single premium life insurance on the plan participants. The cash value of the life insurance policies is an unrestricted asset of the Company. The estimated present value of future benefits to be paid on these plans totaled $12.3 million and $11.4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Expense for these plans totaled $1.7 million, $1.5 million and $1.0 million, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company has promised a continuation of life insurance coverage to certain persons post-retirement. The estimated present value of future benefits to be paid totaled $1.6 million, and $1.5 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Expense for this plan totaled $104 thousand, $25 thousand and $22 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Trust account balances, and estimated present values of future benefits and deferred compensation liabilities, noted above are included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheets.

NOTE 10. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
The Company maintains share-based compensation plans under the shareholder-approved 2011 Plan. The purpose of the share-based compensation plans is to provide officers, employees, and non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the Company with additional incentive to further the success of the Company. At December 31, 2021, 881,920 shares of the common stock of the Company were reserved to be issued and 248,770 shares were available to be issued.
The 2011 Plan incentive awards may consist of grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock units and performance shares. All employees and members of the Board of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, are eligible to participate in the 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan allows for the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to determine the type of incentive to be awarded, its term, manner of exercise, vesting and restrictions on shares. Generally, awards are nonqualified under the IRC, unless the awards are deemed to be incentive awards to employees at the Compensation Committee’s discretion.
107

Table of Contents
The following table presents a summary of nonvested restricted shares activity for 2021.
Shares
Weighted Average Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested shares, beginning of year245,576 $21.45 
Granted137,347 19.53 
Forfeited(29,638)19.68 
Vested(78,588)23.52 
Nonvested shares, end of year274,697 $20.05 
The following table presents restricted shares compensation expense, with tax benefit information, and fair value of shares vested at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
202120202019
Restricted share award expense$1,901 $1,710 $1,578 
Restricted share award federal tax benefit334 359 451 
Fair value of shares vested1,539 1,384 2,744 
At December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, unrecognized compensation expense related to the share awards totaled $2.3 million, $2.0 million, and $2.2 million, respectively. The unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2021 is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.
There were no outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
The Company maintains an employee stock purchase plan to provide employees of the Company an opportunity to purchase Company common stock. Eligible employees may purchase shares in an amount that does not exceed 10% of their annual salary at the lower of 95% of the fair market value of the shares on the semi-annual offering date, or related purchase date. The Company reserved 350,000 shares of its common stock to be issued under the employee stock purchase plan. At December 31, 2021, 151,480 shares were available to be issued.
The following table presents information for the employee stock purchase plan for years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
202120202019
Shares purchased8,755 7,831 5,399 
Weighted average price of shares purchased$15.58 $14.85 $20.69 
Compensation expense recognized$48 $$
The Company issues new shares or treasury shares, depending on market conditions, in its share-based compensation plans.
108

Table of Contents
NOTE 11. DEPOSITS
The following table summarizes deposits by type at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
20212020
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$553,238 $456,778 
Interest-bearing demand deposits903,155 883,685 
Savings706,451 620,199 
Time ($250,000 or less)258,064 334,280 
Time (over $250,000)44,021 61,938 
Total$2,464,929 $2,356,880 

The following table summarizes scheduled future maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2021.
2022$237,818 
202341,362 
202412,032 
20254,691 
20263,989 
Thereafter2,193 
$302,085 

Brokered time deposits totaled zero at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Management evaluates brokered deposits as a funding option, taking into consideration regulatory views on such deposits as non-core funding sources.

NOTE 12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Directors and executive officers of the Company, including their immediate families and companies in which they have a direct or indirect material interest, are considered to be related parties. In the ordinary course of business, the Company engages in various related party transactions, including extending credit, taking deposits and bank service transactions. The Company relies on the directors and executive officers for the identification of their associates.
Federal banking regulations require that any extensions of credit to insiders and their related interests not be offered on terms more favorable than would be offered to non-related borrowers of similar creditworthiness. The following table presents the aggregate activity in loans to related parties during 2021.
Balance, beginning of year$5,049 
New loans1,194 
Repayments(1,654)
Director and officer relationship changes(3,685)
Balance, end of year$904 
None of these loans are past due, on nonaccrual status or have been restructured to provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of deterioration in the financial position of the borrower. There were no loans to a related party that were considered classified loans at December 31, 2021 or 2020.
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had approximately $4.7 million and $7.7 million, respectively, in deposits from related parties, including directors and certain executive officers.

109

Table of Contents
NOTE 13. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
The Company has short-term borrowing capability from the FHLB, federal funds purchased and the FRB discount window. The following table summarizes these short-term borrowings at and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. At December 31, 2021, short-term borrowings were zero due to repayments and maturities of overnight borrowings.
202120202019
Balance at year-end$ $55,729 $146,600 
Weighted average interest rate at year-end %0.41 %1.87 %
Average balance during the year$38,546 $138,310 $23,171 
Average interest rate during the year0.33 %0.67 %2.20 %
Maximum month-end balance during the year$55,729 $178,729 $146,600 
The Company also enters into borrowing arrangements with certain of its deposit clients by agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements") under which the Company pledges investment securities owned and under its control as collateral against the borrowing arrangement, which generally matures within one day from the transaction date. The Company is required to hold U.S. Treasury, U.S. Agency or U.S. GSE securities as underlying securities for repurchase agreements. The following table provides additional details for repurchase agreements at and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
202120202019
Balance at year-end$23,301 $19,466 $8,269 
Weighted average interest rate at year-end0.11 %0.23 %1.31 %
Average balance during the year$22,888 $18,064 $8,830 
Average interest rate during the year0.14 %0.47 %1.28 %
Maximum month-end balance during the year$27,595 $24,403 $12,774 
Fair value of securities underlying the agreements at year-end32,662 29,477 13,062 

NOTE 14. LONG-TERM DEBT
The following table presents components of the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2021, and 2020.
 
 AmountWeighted Average rate
2021202020212020
Total FHLB amortizing advance requiring monthly principal and interest payments, maturing:
2025$1,896 $2,316 4.74 %4.74 %

There were no new long term borrowings in 2021, and during the year ended December 31, 2020, $20,000,000 of borrowings was prepaid and $40,350,000 of borrowings matured.
The following table summarizes the future annual principal payments required on these borrowings at December 31, 2021.
2022$441 
2023462 
2024485 
2025508 
2026 
Thereafter 
$1,896 
The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh and has access to the FHLB program of overnight and term advances. Under terms of a blanket collateral agreement for advances, lines and letters of credit from the FHLB, collateral for all outstanding advances, lines and letters of credit consisted of 1-4 family mortgage loans and other real estate secured loans
110

Table of Contents
totaling $873.1 million at December 31, 2021. The Bank had additional availability of $814.1 million at the FHLB on December 31, 2021 based on its qualifying collateral, net of short-term borrowings and long-term debt detailed above, deposit letters of credit totaling $56.0 million and non-deposit letters of credit totaling $1.1 million at December 31, 2021.
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had availability under FHLB lines totaling $150.0 million and $94.3 million, respectively.
The Bank has available unsecured lines of credit, with interest based on the daily Federal Funds rate, with two correspondent banks totaling $30.0 million, at December 31, 2021. There were no borrowings under these lines of credit at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

NOTE 15. SUBORDINATED NOTES
The Company has unsecured subordinated notes payable, which mature on December 30, 2028. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, subordinated notes payable outstanding totaled $32.0 million and $31.9 million, respectively, which qualified for Tier 2 capital. The notes are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets net of remaining debt issuance costs totaling $537 thousand and $597 thousand at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which are amortized over a 10-year period on an effective yield basis. The subordinated notes have a fixed interest rate of 6.0% through December 30, 2023, which then converts to a variable rate, equivalent to three-month LIBOR, or any replacement reference rate, period plus 3.16% through maturity. The Company may, at its option, redeem the notes, in whole or in part, on any interest payment date on or after December 30, 2023, and at any time upon the occurrence of certain events. As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with the covenants contained in the subordinated notes payable agreement.

NOTE 16. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company is exposed to certain risk arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used as risk management tools by the Company to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings and are not used for trading or speculative purposes.
The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. The Company, however, discontinues cash flow hedge accounting if it is probable the forecasted hedged transactions will not occur in the initially identified time period due to circumstances, such as the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Upon discontinuance, the associated gains and losses deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified immediately into earnings and subsequent changes in the fair value of the cash flow hedge are recognized in earnings. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company terminated its interest rate derivative of $50.0 million that was designated as a cash flow hedge of interest-rate risk associated with overnight borrowings due to the unprecedented nature and impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and reclassified $398.0 thousand of the realized losses from AOCI to current earnings because the hedged forecasted transaction was determined to be no longer probable of occurring. At December 31, 2021, the Company had zero interest rate derivatives designated as a hedging instrument. The Company had one interest rate derivative designated as a hedging instrument with an aggregate notional amount of $50.0 million at December 31, 2020. Such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with the Company's borrowings.
The Company enters into interest rate swaps that allow its commercial loan customers to effectively convert a variable-rate commercial loan agreement to a fixed-rate commercial loan agreement. Under these agreements, the Company enters into a variable-rate loan agreement with a customer in addition to an interest rate swap agreement, which serves to effectively swap the customer’s variable-rate loan into a fixed-rate loan. The Company then enters into a corresponding swap agreement with a third party in order to economically hedge its exposure through the customer agreement. The interest rate swaps with both the customers and third parties are not designated as hedges and are marked through earnings. At December 31, 2021, the Company had 12 customer and 12 corresponding third-party broker interest rate derivatives not designated as a hedging instrument with an aggregate notional amount of $75.8 million. The Company had $61.3 million such derivative instruments at December 31,
111

Table of Contents
2020. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company provided cash collateral of $260 thousand and $1.7 million with a counterparty for these derivatives, respectively. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company received cash collateral of $490 thousand and zero from a counterparty for these derivatives, respectively.
The Company entered into a risk participation agreement with a financial institution counterparty (the “Agent Bank”) for an interest rate derivative contract related to a loan in which the Company is a participant. The risk participation agreement provides credit protection to the Agent Bank should the borrower fail to perform on its interest rate derivative contracts with the Agent Bank. The Company received an upfront fee of $53 thousand upon entry into the risk participation agreement for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company manages its credit risk on the risk participation agreement by monitoring the creditworthiness of the borrower, which is based on the same credit review process as though the Company had entered into the derivative instruments directly with the borrower. The notional amount of such risk participation agreement reflects the Company’s pro-rata share of the derivative instrument, consistent with its share of the related participated loan. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the total notional amount of the risk participation agreement was $15.9 million and zero, respectively.
As a part of its normal residential mortgage operations, the Company will enter into an interest rate lock commitment with a potential borrower. The Company enters into a corresponding commitment to an investor to sell that loan at a specific price shortly after origination. In accordance with FASB ASC 820, adjustments are recorded through earnings to account for the net change in fair value of these transactions for the held for sale pipeline.
The following table summarizes the notional values and fair value of the Company's derivative instruments at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Notional AmountBalance Sheet LocationFair ValueNotional AmountBalance Sheet LocationFair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps - balance sheet hedge$ $ $50,000 Other liabilities$(1,230)
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments$ $(1,230)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate swap - commercial borrower$37,915 Other assets$764 $30,673 Other assets$690 
Interest rate swap - counterparty37,915 Other liabilities(758)30,673 Other liabilities(726)
Risk participation 15,855 Other liabilities(2)— — 
Interest rate lock commitments with customers16,604 Other assets353 22,560 Other assets673 
Forward sale commitment8,665 Other assets52 10,400 Other liabilities(61)
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments$409 $576 
The following tables summarize the effect of the Company's derivative financial instruments on OCI and net income at December 31, 2021 and 2020:
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivative
20212020
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
Interest rate products$473 $(1,347)
Total$473 $(1,347)
Amount of Loss Reclassified from AOCI into IncomeLocation of Loss Recognized from AOCI into Income
20212020
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
Interest rate products$(757)$(117)
Interest expense / Other operating expenses(1)
Total$(757)$(117)
(1) Includes $514 thousand recorded to other operating expenses due to the loss from the termination of an interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge for the year ended December 31, 2021.
112

Table of Contents
Amount of (Loss) Gain Recognized in IncomeLocation of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
20212020
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate products$41 $(56)Other operating expenses
Risk participation agreement(2)— Other operating expenses
Interest rate lock commitments with customers(320)570 Mortgage banking activities
Forward sale commitment113 (203)Mortgage banking activities
Total$(168)$311 

The following table is a summary of interest rate swap components at December 31, 2021 and 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company terminated its remaining interest rate derivative of $50.0 million.
December 31, 2020
Weighted average pay rate0.77 %
Weighted average receive rate0.09 %
Weighted average maturity in years4.2

NOTE 17. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND REGULATORY CAPITAL
Banks and bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations, involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action. Under the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's capital guidelines for U.S. Banks ("Basel III rules"), an entity must hold a capital conservation buffer above the adequately capitalized risk-based capital ratios. The Company and the Bank have elected not to include net unrealized gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income in computing regulatory capital.
The consolidated asset limit on small bank holding companies is $3.0 billion, and a company with assets under that limit is not subject to the FRB consolidated capital rules, but may file reports that include capital amounts and ratios. The Company has elected to file those reports.
Management believes, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, that the Parent Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. At December 31, 2021, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's classification.
113

Table of Contents
The following table presents capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
 Actual
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 (includes applicable capital conservation buffer)
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Regulations
AmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio
December 31, 2021
Total risk-based capital:
Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.$297,823 15.0 %$208,617 10.5 %n/an/a
Orrstown Bank278,780 14.0 %208,550 10.5 %$198,619 10.0 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital:
Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.243,075 12.2 %168,880 8.5 %n/an/a
Orrstown Bank255,995 12.9 %168,826 8.5 %158,895 8.0 %
Tier 1 common equity risk-based capital:
Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.243,075 12.2 %139,078 7.0 %n/an/a
Orrstown Bank255,995 12.9 %139,033 7.0 %129,102 6.5 %
Tier 1 leverage capital:
Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.243,075 8.5 %114,384 4.0 %n/an/a
Orrstown Bank255,995 8.9 %114,470 4.0 %143,087 5.0 %
December 31, 2020
Total risk-based capital:
Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.$271,184 15.6 %$183,099 10.5 %n/an/a
Orrstown Bank256,376 14.7 %183,012 10.5 %$174,297 10.0 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital:
Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.217,582 12.5 %148,223 8.5 %n/an/a
Orrstown Bank234,677 13.5 %148,152 8.5 %139,437 8.0 %
Tier 1 common equity risk-based capital:
Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.217,582 12.5 %122,066 7.0 %n/an/a
Orrstown Bank234,677 13.5 %122,008 7.0 %113,293 6.5 %
Tier 1 leverage capital:
Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.217,582 8.1 %108,063 4.0 %n/an/a
Orrstown Bank234,677 8.7 %108,148 4.0 %135,185 5.0 %
The Company maintains a stockholder dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. Under the plan, shareholders may purchase additional shares of the Company’s common stock at the prevailing market prices with reinvestment dividends and voluntary cash payments. The Company reserved 1,045,000 shares of its common stock to be issued under the dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. At December 31, 2021, approximately 665,000 shares were available to be issued under the plan.
In September 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a share repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to 5% of the Company's outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately 416,000 shares, in accordance with all applicable securities laws and regulations, including Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. On April 19, 2021, the Board of Directors authorized the additional future repurchase of up to 562,000 shares of its outstanding common stock. When and if appropriate, repurchases may be made in open market or privately negotiated transactions, depending on market conditions, regulatory requirements and other corporate considerations, as determined by management. Share repurchases may not occur and may be discontinued at any time. At December 31, 2021, 234,170 shares had been repurchased under the program at a total cost of $4.5 million, or $19.08 per share.
On January 19, 2022, the Board declared a cash dividend of $0.19 per common share, which was paid on February 8, 2022 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2022.
Banking regulations limit the ability of the Bank to pay dividends or make loans or advances to the Parent Company. Dividends that may be paid in any calendar year are limited to the current year's net profits, combined with the retained net profits of the preceding two years. At December 31, 2021, dividends from the Bank available to be paid to the Parent Company,
114

Table of Contents
without prior approval of the Bank's regulatory agency, totaled $56.3 million, subject to the Bank meeting or exceeding regulatory capital requirements. The Parent Company's principal source of funds for dividend payments to shareholders is dividends received from the Bank.
At December 31, 2021, there were no loans from the Bank to any nonbank affiliate, including the Parent Company. The Bank's loans to a single affiliate may not exceed 10%, and loans to all affiliates may not exceed 20%, of the Bank’s capital stock, surplus, and undivided profits, plus the ALL (as defined by regulation). Loans from the Bank to nonbank affiliates, including the Parent Company, are also required to be collateralized according to regulatory guidelines. At December 31, 2021, the maximum amount the Bank had available to loan to a nonbank affiliate was $27.9 million.

NOTE 18. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The following table presents earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
 
202120202019
Net income $32,881 $26,463 $16,924 
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic10,967 10,942 10,362 
Dilutive effect of share-based compensation139 92 152 
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted11,106 11,034 10,514 
Per share information:
Basic earnings per share$3.00 $2.42 $1.63 
Diluted earnings per share2.96 2.40 1.61 

Average outstanding stock options of approximately 0, 16,109 and 22,223, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were not included in the computation of earnings per share because the effect was antidilutive, as the exercise price exceeded the average market price. The dilutive effect of share-based compensation in each year above relates principally to restricted stock awards.

NOTE 19. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its clients. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The following table presents these contractual, or notional, amounts at December 31, 2021, and 2020.
20212020
Commitments to fund:
Home equity lines of credit$261,580 $223,216 
1-4 family residential construction loans40,348 28,928 
Commercial real estate, construction and land development loans124,488 60,606 
Commercial, industrial and other loans378,996 268,931 
Standby letters of credit19,724 14,491 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a client as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment
115

Table of Contents
amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each client’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the client. Collateral varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, residential real estate, and income-producing commercial properties.
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to clients. The Company holds collateral supporting those commitments when deemed necessary by management. The liability, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued was not considered to be material.
The Company maintains a reserve, based on historical loss experience of the related loan class, for off-balance sheet credit exposures that currently are not funded, in other liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. This reserve totaled $1.6 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The net amount expensed for this off-balance sheet credit exposures reserve was $57 thousand, $511 thousand and $39 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company may sell loans to the FHLB of Chicago as part of its MPF Program. Under the terms of the MPF Program, there is limited recourse back to the Company for loans that do not perform in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Each loan that is sold under the program is “credit enhanced” such that the individual loan’s rating is raised to a minimum “BBB,” as determined by the FHLB of Chicago. Outstanding loans sold under the MPF Program totaled $13.5 million and $18.9 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, with limited recourse back to the Company on these loans of $714 thousand and $777 thousand at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Many of the loans sold under the MPF Program have primary mortgage insurance, which reduces the Company’s overall exposure. The net amount expensed or recovered for the Company's estimate of losses under its recourse exposure for loans foreclosed, or in the process of foreclosure, is recorded in other operating expenses on the consolidated statements of income. These amounts were not material for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

NOTE 20. FAIR VALUE
Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments are excluded from disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.
The fair value hierarchy distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from independent sources (observable inputs) and (2) an entity's own assumptions about market participant assumptions based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs). The fair value hierarchy consists of three broad levels, which gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:
Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 – significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 – at least one significant unobservable input that reflects a company's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
In instances in which multiple levels of inputs are used to measure fair value, hierarchy classification is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value for financial instruments measured on a recurring basis:
Where quoted prices are available in an active market, investment securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 investment securities include highly liquid government bonds, mortgage products and exchange traded
116

Table of Contents
equities. If quoted market prices are not available, investment securities are classified within Level 2 and fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flow. Level 2 investment securities include U.S. agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions and certain corporate, asset backed and other securities. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, investment securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. All of the Company’s investment securities are classified as available for sale.
The fair values of interest rate swaps and risk participation derivatives are determined using models that incorporate readily observable market data into a market standard methodology. This methodology nets the discounted future cash receipts and the discounted expected cash payments. The discounted variable cash receipts and payments are based on expectations of future interest rates derived from observable market interest rate curves. In addition, fair value is adjusted for the effect of nonperformance risk by incorporating credit valuation adjustments for the Company and its counterparties. These assets and liabilities are classified as Level 2 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.
117

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021 or 2020.
Level 1Level 2Level 3
Total Fair
Value
Measurements
December 31, 2021
Financial Assets
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury securities$19,702 $ $ $19,702 
States and political subdivisions 183,171 10,199 193,370 
GSE residential MBSs 40,726  40,726 
GSE residential CMOs
 65,922  65,922 
Non-agency CMOs 16,750 12,948 29,698 
Asset-backed 122,621  122,621 
Other399   399 
Loans held for sale 8,868  8,868 
Derivatives 764 353 1,117 
Totals$20,101 $438,822 $23,500 $482,423 
Financial Liabilities
Derivatives$ $760 $ $760 
December 31, 2020
Financial Assets
Investment securities:
States and political subdivisions$— $103,591 $9,079 $112,670 
GSE residential MBSs— 4,293 — 4,293 
GSE residential CMOs
— 58,011 — 58,011 
Non-agency CMOs— — 16,918 16,918 
Private label commercial CMOs— 56,730 5,506 62,236 
Asset-backed— 211,966 — 211,966 
Other371 — — 371 
Loans held for sale— 11,734 — 11,734 
Derivatives— 690 673 1,363 
Totals$371 $447,015 $32,176 $479,562 
Financial Liabilities
Derivatives$— $1,956 $— $1,956 
The Company had municipal bonds and CMOs measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) at December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Level 3 valuation is based on a non-executable broker quote, which is considered a significant unobservable input. Such quotes are updated as available and may remain constant for a period of time for certain broker-quoted securities that do not move with the market or that are not interest rate sensitive as a result of their structure or overall attributes.
The Company’s residential mortgage loans held-for-sale were recorded at fair value utilizing Level 2 measurements. This fair value measurement is determined based upon third party quotes obtained on similar loans. The adoption of this accounting election resulted in an increase of $226 thousand in gain on sale of loans in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2019. For loans held-for-sale for which the fair value option has been elected, the aggregate fair value exceeded the aggregate principal balance by $150 thousand and $436 thousand as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The determination of the fair value of interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgages is based on agreed upon pricing with the respective investor on each loan and includes a pull through percentage. The pull through percentage represents
118

Table of Contents
an estimate of loans in the pipeline to be delivered to an investor versus the total loans committed for delivery. Significant changes in this input could result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. As the pull through percentage is a significant unobservable input, this is deemed a Level 3 valuation input. The average pull through percentage, which is based upon historical experience, was 89% as of December 31, 2021. An increase or decrease of 5% in the pull through assumption would result in a positive or negative change of $19 thousand in the fair value of interest rate lock commitments at December 31, 2021.
The following provides details of the Level 3 fair value measurement activity for the years ended December 31, 2021 or 2020.
Investment securities:
20212020
Balance, beginning of year$31,503 $24,279 
Unrealized gain (loss) included in OCI31 (668)
Net discount accretion 571 
Principal payments(4,842)(10,571)
Sold(3,545)— 
Transfers into Level 3 17,892 
Balance, end of year$23,147 $31,503 
The transfers into Level 3 for 2020 noted above relate to two CMO investment securities and one municipal bond for which trading was substantially limited during that year due to the COVID-19 pandemic. As such, older trades or trades of similar securities were utilized to approximate fair value. There were no transfers into or out of Level 3 at December 31, 2021.
Interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgages:
20212020
Balance, beginning of year$673 $103 
Total (loss) gain included in earnings(320)570 
Balance, end of year$353 $673 

Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Adjustments to the fair value of these assets usually results from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value for these financial assets.
Impaired Loans
Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management and based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, will not be collected. The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans for all loan classes can be based on either the observable market price of the loan, the fair value of the collateral, or discounted cash flows using the rate of return implicit in the original loan for TDRs. For collateral-dependent loans, fair value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing the loan, less estimated costs to sell. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable. The value of the real estate collateral is determined utilizing an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company using observable market data (Level 2). However, if the collateral is a house or building in the process of construction, or if management adjusts the appraisal value, then the fair value is considered Level 3. The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal, if deemed significant, or the net book value on the applicable business’ financial statements if not considered significant using observable market data. Likewise, values for inventory and accounts receivable collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging reports (Level 3). Impaired loans with an allocation to the ALL are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the consolidated statements of income.
Changes in the fair value of impaired loans for those still held at December 31 considered in the determination of the provision for loan losses totaled $(247) thousand, $244 thousand and $77 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
119

Table of Contents
Foreclosed Real Estate
OREO property acquired through foreclosure is initially recorded at the fair value of the property at the transfer date less estimated selling cost. Subsequently, OREO is carried at the lower of its carrying value or the fair value less estimated selling cost. Fair value is usually determined based upon an independent third-party appraisal of the property or occasionally upon a recent sales offer. The Company had no OREO balances at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
The MSR fair value is estimated to be equal to its carrying value, unless the quarterly valuation model calculates the present value of the estimated net servicing income is less than its carrying value, in which case an impairment charge is taken. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, an impairment reserve of $79 thousand and $1.1 million, respectively, existed on the mortgage servicing right portfolio. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, an impairment valuation allowance reversal of $987 thousand and an impairment charge of $997 thousand were included, respectively, in mortgage banking activities on the consolidated statement of income. The impairment charges in 2020 resulted from rapidly declining market rates caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The reversal for the year-ended December 31, 2021 was due to a subsequent increase in market rates.
The following table summarizes assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Level 1Level 2Level 3
Total
Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2021
Impaired loans
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$ $ $751 $751 
Non-owner occupied residential  24 24 
Residential mortgage:
First lien  545 545 
Home equity - lines of credit  72 72 
Total impaired loans$ $ $1,392 $1,392 
Mortgage servicing rights$ $ $322 $322 
December 31, 2020
Impaired loans
Commercial real estate:
Owner-occupied$— $— $846 $846 
Non-owner occupied residential— — 36 36 
Commercial and industrial— — 12 12 
Residential mortgage:
First lien— — 638 638 
Home equity - lines of credit— — 89 89 
Total impaired loans$— $— $1,621 $1,621 
Mortgage servicing rights$— $— $2,732 $2,732 
120

Table of Contents
 The following table presents additional qualitative information about assets measured on a nonrecurring basis and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value.
Fair Value
Estimate
Valuation Techniques
Unobservable Input
Range
December 31, 2021
Impaired loans$1,392 Appraisal of collateralManagement adjustments on appraisals for property type and recent activity
10% - 25% discount
 - Management adjustments for liquidation expenses
6.08% - 17.93% discount
Mortgage servicing rights
322 
Discounted cash flows
Weighted average CPR
12.60%
Discount rate
9.03%
December 31, 2020
Impaired loans$1,621 Appraisal of collateralManagement adjustments on appraisals for property type and recent activity
5% - 25% discount
 - Management adjustments for liquidation expenses
6.02% - 19.32% discount
Mortgage servicing rights2,732 Discounted cash flowsWeighted average CPR18.02%
Discount rate9.56%

121

Table of Contents
Fair values of financial instruments
GAAP requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, including those that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis. The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2021, and 2020.
Carrying
Amount
Fair ValueLevel 1Level 2Level 3
December 31, 2021
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks$21,217 $21,217 $21,217 $ $ 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks187,493 187,493 187,493   
Restricted investments in bank stock7,252 n/an/an/an/a
Investment securities472,438 472,438 20,101 429,190 23,147 
Loans held for sale8,868 8,868  8,868  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses1,958,806 1,946,365   1,946,365 
Derivatives1,117 1,117  764 353 
Accrued interest receivable8,234 8,235  2,203 6,032 
Financial Liabilities
Deposits2,464,929 2,466,191  2,466,191  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase23,301 23,301  23,301  
FHLB advances and other1,896 2,035  2,035  
Subordinated notes31,963 31,815  31,815  
Derivatives760 760  760  
Accrued interest payable154 154  154  
Off-balance sheet instruments     
December 31, 2020
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks$26,203 $26,203 $26,203 $— $— 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks99,055 99,055 99,055 — — 
Restricted investments in bank stock10,563 n/an/an/an/a
Investment securities466,465 466,465 371 434,591 31,503 
Loans held for sale11,734 11,734 — 11,734 — 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses1,959,539 1,953,860 — — 1,953,860 
Derivatives1,363 1,363 — 690 673 
Accrued interest receivable8,927 8,927 — 1,529 7,398 
Financial Liabilities
Deposits2,356,880 2,359,317 — 2,359,317 — 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase19,466 19,466 — 19,466 — 
FHLB advances and other58,045 58,298 — 58,298 — 
Subordinated notes31,903 31,712 — 31,712 — 
Derivatives1,956 1,956 — 1,956 — 
Accrued interest payable238 238 — 238 — 
Off-balance sheet instruments— — — — — 

In accordance with the Company's adoption of ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, the methods utilized to measure the fair value of financial instruments at December 31, 2021 and 2020 represents an approximation of exit price; however, an actual exit price may differ.
122

Table of Contents
NOTE 21. REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CLIENTS
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and all subsequent amendments (collectively “ASC 606”). The update implements a common revenue standard that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The core principle of ASC 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to clients in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The majority of the Company's revenue comes from interest income, including loans and securities, that are outside the scope of ASC 606. The Company's services that fall within the scope of ASC 606 are presented within noninterest income on the consolidated statements of income and are recognized as revenue as the Company satisfies its obligation to the client. Services within the scope of ASC 606 include service charges on deposit accounts, income from trust and investment management and brokerage activities and interchange fees from service charges on ATM and debit card transactions. ASC 606 did not result in a change to the accounting for any in-scope revenue streams; as such, no cumulative effect adjustment was recorded.
Descriptions of revenue generating activities that are within the scope of ASC 606 are as follows:
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts - The Company earns fees from its deposit clients for transaction-based, account maintenance, and overdraft services. Transaction-based fees, which include services such as ATM use fees, stop payment charges, statement rendering, and ACH fees, are recognized at the time the transaction is executed as that is the point in time the Company fulfills the client's request. Account maintenance fees, which relate primarily to monthly maintenance, are earned over the course of a month, representing the period over which the Company satisfies the performance obligation. Overdraft fees are recognized at the point in time that the overdraft occurs. Service charges on deposits are withdrawn from the client's account balance.
Interchange Income - The Company earns interchange fees from debit/credit cardholder transactions conducted through the MasterCard payment network. Interchange fees from cardholder transactions represent a percentage of the underlying transaction value and are recognized daily, concurrently with the transaction processing services provided to the cardholder. Interchange income is presented net of cardholder rewards.
Swap Referral Fee Income - During 2019 and through May 2020, the Company earned fees from a third-party service provider for loan hedging referrals provided to lending clients. The Company acted as an agent in arranging the relationship between our client and the third-party service provider. The Company was paid and recognized income upon completion of the loan hedge between our client and the third-party service provider.
Trust and Investment Management Income - The Company earns wealth management and investment brokerage fees from its contracts with trust and wealth management clients to manage assets for investment, and/or to transact on their accounts. These fees are primarily earned over time as the Company provides the contracted services and are generally assessed based on a tiered scale of the market value of assets under management. Fees that are transaction based, including trade execution services, are recognized at the point in time that the transaction is executed, i.e., the trade date. Other related services provided included financial planning services and the associated fees the Company earns, which are based on a fixed fee schedule, are recognized when the services are rendered. Services are generally billed in arrears and a receivable is recorded until fees are paid.
Brokerage Income - The Company earns fees from investment management and brokerage services provided to its clients through a third-party service provider. The Company receives commissions from the third-party service provider and recognizes income on a weekly basis based upon client activity. As the Company acts as an agent in arranging the relationship between the client and the third-party service provider and does not control the services rendered to the clients, brokerage income is presented net of related costs.
At December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company had receivables from trust and wealth management clients totaling $702 thousand, $661 thousand and $719 thousand, respectively.

123

Table of Contents
The following table presents the Company's noninterest income disaggregated by revenue source for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
202120202019
Noninterest income
Service charges on deposit accounts and ATM fees$3,337 $3,113 $3,793 
Swap referral fee income 208 1,197 
Trust and investment management income7,896 6,912 7,255 
Brokerage income3,571 2,821 2,426 
Interchange income4,129 3,423 3,281 
Revenue from contracts with clients18,933 16,477 17,952 
Other service charges381 444 416 
Mortgage banking activities5,909 5,274 3,047 
Gain on sale of commercial loans 2,803 — 
Income from life insurance2,273 2,261 2,044 
Swap dealer fee income293 639 — 
Other income725 427 331 
Investment securities gains638 (16)4,749 
Total noninterest income$29,152 $28,309 $28,539 


NOTE 22. ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Condensed Balance Sheets
December 31,
20212020
Assets
Cash in Orrstown Bank$18,545 $13,961 
Investment in Orrstown Bank284,577 263,346 
Other assets553 941 
Total assets$303,675 $278,248 
Liabilities
Subordinated notes$31,963 $31,903 
Accrued interest and other liabilities56 96 
Total liabilities32,019 31,999 
Shareholders’ Equity
Common stock586 586 
Additional paid-in capital189,689 189,066 
Retained earnings78,700 54,099 
Accumulated other comprehensive income4,449 3,346 
Treasury stock(1,768)(848)
Total shareholders’ equity271,656 246,249 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$303,675 $278,248 
124

Table of Contents
Condensed Statements of Income
For the Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Income
Dividends from bank subsidiary$16,000 $14,000 $2,000 
Interest income from bank subsidiary25 76 257 
Other income119 62 55 
Total income 16,144 14,138 2,312 
Expenses
Interest on subordinated notes2,009 2,006 1,987 
Share-based compensation433 463 236 
Management fee to bank subsidiary1,089 1,254 1,350 
Merger related expenses — 1,574 
Other expenses704 1,324 802 
Total expenses4,235 5,047 5,949 
Income (loss) before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries11,909 9,091 (3,637)
Income tax benefit(863)(1,022)(1,182)
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries12,772 10,113 (2,455)
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
20,109 16,350 19,379 
Net income $32,881 $26,463 $16,924 

125

Table of Contents
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income $32,881 $26,463 $16,924 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Amortization59 56 47 
Deferred income taxes(4)(39)16 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
(20,109)(16,350)(19,379)
Share-based compensation433 463 236 
Net change in other liabilities(40)(141)(423)
Net change in other assets375 (221)311 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities13,595 10,231 (2,268)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital contributed to subsidiaries — (100)
Net cash paid for acquisitions  (85)(8,142)
Net cash used in investing activities (85)(8,242)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid(8,280)(7,610)(6,150)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock1,516 1,628 1,463 
Payments to repurchase common stock(2,383)(1,887)(1,772)
Other, net136 116 (59)
Net cash used in financing activities(9,011)(7,753)(6,518)
Net increase (decrease) in cash4,584 2,393 (17,028)
Cash, beginning13,961 11,568 28,596 
Cash, ending$18,545 $13,961 $11,568 


NOTE 23. CONTINGENCIES
The nature of the Company’s business generates a certain amount of litigation involving matters arising out of the ordinary course of business. Except as described below, in the opinion of management, there are no legal proceedings that might have a material effect on the results of operations, liquidity, or the financial position of the Company at this time.
On March 5, 2019, Paul Parshall, a purported individual stockholder of Hamilton, filed, on behalf of himself and all of Hamilton’s stockholders other than the named defendants and their affiliates (the “Purported Class”), a derivative and putative class action complaint in the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, captioned Paul Parshall v. Carol Coughlin et. al., naming each Hamilton director, Orrstown, and Hamilton as defendants (the “Action”). The Action alleged, among other things, that Hamilton’s directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Purported Class in connection with the merger, and that the Proxy Statement/Prospectus omitted certain material information regarding the merger. Orrstown was alleged to have aided and abetted the Hamilton directors’ alleged breaches of their fiduciary duties. The Action sought, among other remedies, to enjoin the merger or, in the event the merger was completed, rescission of the merger or rescissory damages; unspecified damages; and costs of the lawsuit, including attorneys’ and experts’ fees. A settlement was reached on the Action in March 2020 which resulted in a payment by the Company of $135 thousand in mootness fees to the defendants in April 2020.
On May 25, 2012, SEPTA filed a putative class action complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania against the Company, the Bank and certain current and former directors and officers (collectively, the “Orrstown Defendants”). The complaint alleged, among other things, that (i) in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated February 23, 2010 and its Prospectus Supplement dated March 23, 2010, and (ii) during the purported class period of March 24, 2010 through October 27, 2011, the Company issued materially false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s lending practices and financial results, including misleading statements concerning the stringent nature of the Bank’s credit practices and underwriting standards, the quality of its loan portfolio, and the intended use of the proceeds from the Company’s March 2010 public offering of common stock. The complaint asserted claims under Sections 11, 12(a) and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated
126

Table of Contents
thereunder, and sought class certification, unspecified money damages, interest, costs, fees and equitable or injunctive relief. Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (“PSLRA”), the Court appointed SEPTA Lead Plaintiff on August 20, 2012.
On March 4, 2013, SEPTA filed an amended complaint. The amended complaint expanded the list of defendants in the action to include the Company’s former independent registered public accounting firm, Smith Elliott Kearns & Company, LLC (“SEK”), and the underwriters of the Company’s March 2010 public offering of common stock. In addition, among other things, the amended complaint extended the purported 1934 Exchange Act class period from March 15, 2010 through April 5, 2012.
On June 22, 2015, in a 96-page Memorandum, the Court dismissed without prejudice SEPTA’s amended complaint against all defendants, finding that SEPTA failed to state a claim under either the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. On February 8, 2016, the Court granted SEPTA’s motion for leave to amend again and SEPTA filed its second amended complaint that same day.
On December 7, 2016, the Court issued an Order and Memorandum granting in part and denying in part defendants’ motions to dismiss SEPTA’s second amended complaint. The Court granted the motions to dismiss the Securities Act claims against all defendants, and granted the motions to dismiss the Exchange Act Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 claims against all defendants except Orrstown Financial Services, Inc., Orrstown Bank, Thomas R. Quinn, Jr., Bradley S. Everly, and Jeffrey W. Embly. The Court also denied the motions to dismiss the Exchange Act Section 20(a) claims against Quinn, Everly, and Embly.
On December 15, 2017, the Orrstown Defendants and SEPTA exchanged expert reports in opposition to and in support of class certification, respectively. On January 15, 2018, the parties exchanged expert rebuttal reports. SEPTA has not yet filed a motion for class certification.
On August 9, 2018, SEPTA filed a motion to compel the production of Confidential Supervisory Information (CSI) of non-parties the Board of Governors of the FRB and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities, in the possession of Orrstown and third parties. On August 30, 2018, the FRB filed an unopposed motion to intervene in the Action for the purpose of opposing SEPTA’s motion to compel. On February 12, 2019, the Court denied SEPTA’s motion to compel the production of CSI on the ground that SEPTA had failed to exhaust its administrative remedies.
On April 11, 2019, SEPTA filed a motion for leave to file a third amended complaint. The proposed third amended complaint seeks to reassert the Securities Act claims that the Court dismissed as to all defendants on December 7, 2016, when the Court granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motions to dismiss SEPTA’s second amended complaint. The proposed third amended complaint also seeks to reassert the Exchange Act claims against those defendants that the Court dismissed from the case on December 7, 2016.
On June 13, 2019, Orrstown filed a motion for protective order to stay discovery pending resolution of SEPTA’s motion for leave to file a third amended complaint. On July 17, 2019, the Court entered an Order partially granting Orrstown’s motion for protective order, ruling that all deposition discovery in the case was stayed pending a decision on SEPTA’s motion for leave to file a third amended complaint. Party and non-party document discovery in the case has largely been completed.
On February 14, 2020, the Court issued an Order and Memorandum granting SEPTA’s motion for leave to file a third amended complaint. The third amended complaint is now the operative complaint. It reinstates the Orrstown Defendants, as well as SEK and the underwriter defendants, previously dismissed from the case on December 7, 2016. The third amended complaint also revives the previously dismissed Securities Act claim against the Orrstown Defendants, SEK, and the underwriter defendants. Defendants filed their motions to dismiss the third amended complaint on April 24, 2020. SEPTA’s opposition was filed on July 8, 2020, and Orrstown’s reply brief was filed on August 12, 2020.
Additionally, on February 24, 2020, the Orrstown Defendants, and the underwriter defendants and SEK, separately filed motions under 28 U.S.C. § 1292(b) asking the District Court to certify its February 14, 2020 Order granting leave to file the third amended complaint for interlocutory appeal to the Third Circuit Court of Appeals. The District Court granted those motions on July 17, 2020, and defendants filed their Petition for Permission to Appeal with the Third Circuit on July 27, 2020. The Third Circuit granted permission to appeal the Order pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1292(b) on August 13, 2020. Defendants filed their joint Opening Brief in the Third Circuit on November 2, 2020, asking the Court to reverse the district court’s Order. SEPTA filed its responsive brief on December 2, 2020 and defendants filed their reply brief on December 23, 2020. Oral argument was held on February 10, 2021. On September 2, 2021, the Third Circuit affirmed the District Court's February 14, 2020 Order granting SEPTA leave to file a third amended complaint. Defendants' motions to dismiss the third amended complaint are still pending in the District Court.
127

Table of Contents
The Company believes that SEPTA’s allegations and claims against the defendants are without merit, and the Company intends to defend itself vigorously against those claims. It is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate possible losses, or even a range of reasonably possible losses, in connection with the litigation.

128

Table of Contents
ITEM 9 – CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

ITEM 9A – CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Based on the evaluation required by Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(b) and 15d-15(b), the Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), at December 31, 2021. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at December 31, 2021. There have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2021.
Management's Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting is included in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data." The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2021 has been audited by Crowe LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm appearing in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

ITEM 9B – OTHER INFORMATION
None.

ITEM 9C - DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not Applicable.

PART III
ITEM 10 – DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all senior financial officers (including its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, and any person performing similar functions). You can find a copy of the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers by visiting our website at www.orrstown.com and following the links to “Investor Relations” and “Governance Documents.” A copy of the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers may also be obtained, free of charge, by written request to Orrstown Financial Services, Inc., 77 East King Street, PO Box 250, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania 17257, Attention: Secretary. The Company intends to disclose any amendments to or waivers from a provision of the Company’s Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers in a timely manner.
All other information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, under Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports and Proposal 1 – Election of Directors – Biographical Summaries of Nominees and Directors; Information About Executive Officers; Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings; and Proposal 1 – Election of Directors – Nomination of Directors, and Board Structure, Committees and Meeting Attendance.

ITEM 11 – EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, under Proposal 1 – Election of Directors – Compensation of Directors, Compensation Discussion and Analysis, Compensation Committee Report, Executive Compensation Tables, Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control and Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.
129

Table of Contents
ITEM 12 – SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The following table presents equity compensation plan information at December 31, 2021.
Plan Category
Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Weighted
average exercise
price of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))
 (a)(b)(c)
Equity compensation plan approved by security holders— n/a248,770 
Total— n/a248,770 

All other information required by Item 12 is incorporated, by reference, from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, under Share Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

ITEM 13 – CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, under Proposal 1 – Election of Directors – Director Independence, and Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons.

ITEM 14 – PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, under Proposal 3 – Ratification of the Audit Committee’s Selection of Crowe LLP as the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the Fiscal Year Ending December 31, 2021 – Relationship with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

130

Table of Contents
PART IV
ITEM 15 – EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
a.The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) – Financial Statements
Consolidated financial statements of the Company and subsidiaries required in response to this Item are incorporated by reference from Item 8 of this report.
(2) – Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
(3) – Exhibits
2.10
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
131

Table of Contents
10.11 
10.12 
10.13 
10.14 
10.15 
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20 
10.21 
10.22 
10.23 
10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
14 Code of Ethics Policy for Senior Financial Officers posted on Registrant’s website.
21 
23.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1 
32.2 
101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
101.INS  XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

132

Table of Contents
All other exhibits for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
 
b.Exhibits – The exhibits to this Form 10-K begin after the signature page.
c.Financial statement schedules – None required.

ITEM 16 – FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not applicable.

133

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
(Registrant)
Dated: March 11, 2022 By:/s/ Thomas R. Quinn, Jr.
 Thomas R. Quinn, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Thomas R. Quinn, Jr.President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and DirectorMarch 11, 2022
Thomas R. Quinn, Jr.
/s/ Neelesh KalaniExecutive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)March 11, 2022
Neelesh Kalani
/s/ Sean P. MulcahySenior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)March 11, 2022
Sean P. Mulcahy
/s/ Joel R. ZullingerChairman of the Board and DirectorMarch 11, 2022
Joel R. Zullinger
/s/ Cindy J. JoinerDirectorMarch 11, 2022
Cindy J. Joiner
/s/ Mark K. KellerDirectorMarch 11, 2022
Mark K. Keller
/s/ Thomas D. LongeneckerDirectorMarch 11, 2022
Thomas D. Longenecker
/s/ Andrea PughDirectorMarch 11, 2022
Andrea Pugh
/s/ Michael J. RiceDirectorMarch 11, 2022
Michael J. Rice
/s/ Eric A. SegalDirectorMarch 11, 2022
Eric A. Segal
/s/ Glenn W. SnokeDirectorMarch 11, 2022
Glenn W. Snoke
/s/ Floyd E. StonerDirectorMarch 11, 2022
Floyd E. Stoner

134